Postgraduate Prospectus 2011 by King's College London

Postgraduate Prospectus 2011

Visiting King’s King’s Schools and departments host regular seminars, conferences and other events giving opportunities to find out more about a particular subject or topic of interest and see our academic staff in action. King’s also organises open days for prospective students or you could go on a self-guided tour or a current student-guided campus tour (email campus.tours@kcl.ac.uk for details of days/times). Alternatively you can view 360 degree images of King’s on our virtual tour at www.kcl.ac.uk/tour

Ask a Postgraduate Email current postgraduate students from a range of different subjects, countries and backgrounds. This is a great opportunity to discover more about what it is really like at King’s. www.kcl.ac.uk/askagraduate

Applying to King’s You can apply using our online application form, available from www.kcl.ac.uk/gradapply. Your referees can also use our online ‘Referee Portal’ to submit your references. Our online application form makes applying easier and quicker for you.

Applicants Portal In addition to applying online, applicants to King’s will benefit from our applicants portal, a bespoke online system that will help you to manage your application, update personal information and view updates on your application status and messages from the admissions office in real time. Details will be sent to you when you apply to the College.

New website You can access information on all our programmes from our online prospectus www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus King’s is launching a new website in the autumn of 2010. The new site is designed to deliver a better experience for the user. Some web addresses printed in this document will therefore be subject to change but will be redirected to new content.

Cover: Guy’s Campus (top image), graduates from the School of Social Science & Public Policy wearing gowns designed by Vivienne Westwood (bottom image)

Welcome to King’s King’s College London is one of the UK’s most historic and prestigious university institutions, based in the heart of London. It has over 23,000 students from nearly 140 countries and nine Schools of study: • Arts & Humanities • Biomedical Sciences • Dental Institute • Law • Medicine • Natural & Mathematical Sciences • Nursing & Midwifery • Institute of Psychiatry • Social Science & Public Policy

Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Schools, Departments & Divisions Academic Schools Dental Institute Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery Institute of Psychiatry School of Arts & Humanities American Studies Australian Studies Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies Classics Comparative Literature Culture, Media and Creative Studies Digital Humanities English Language & Literature European Studies Film Studies French German History Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Music Palaeography Philosophy Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies Theology & Religious Studies School of Biomedical Sciences Analytical & Environmental Sciences Research Division Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences Centre MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology Pharmaceutical Science Research Division Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases (CARD) School of Law School of Medicine Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology Research Division Cancer Studies Research Division Cardiovascular Research Division Gene & Cell Based Therapy Genetics & Molecular Medicine Research Division Health & Social Care Research Division Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering Research Division Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease Research Division Nutritional Sciences Research Division Reproduction & Endocrinology Research Division School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences Department of Informatics Department of Mathematics Department of Physics Division of Engineering School of Social Science & Public Policy Centre for Biomedicine & Society (CBAS) Centre for Language Discourse & Communication Defence Studies Department of Education & Professional Studies Department of Geography Department of Management Department of Political Economy Department of War Studies Institute of Gerontology Other units Arts & Sciences Cross-School Initiatives English Language Centre Graduate School Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Learning Institute Modern Language Centre

Contents Introduction to King’s

Dental Institute

Research opportunities Taught programmes

61 62

Law

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Medicine

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Social, sporting and other opportunities at King’s

Natural & Mathematical Sciences

Key information

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Nursing & Midwifery

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Institute of Psychiatry

Distinguished

Highlights of King’s recent achievements DISCOVERING

Past and present pioneering endeavours CONNECTed

Our location and links EXCELLENCE

Study options at King’s international

Support for international students VIBRANT

INDEX Campus map

NEED TO KNOW

Graduate School & study environment Fees & funding Accommodation Campuses Facilities & services Applying

16 20 22 24 28

30 122 inside back cover

Research opportunities Taught programmes

102

Arts & Sciences Cross-School Initiatives 33

Social Science & Public Policy

106

Taught programmes

Research opportunities Taught programmes

109

120

Arts & Humanities

King’s Learning Institute

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Research and taught programmes

Biomedical Sciences

English Language Centre

Research opportunities Taught programmes

Taught programmes

112

121

distinguished

Distinguished King’s College London is one of England’s oldest and most prestigious university institutions. One of the world’s top 25 universities, and with over 90 per cent of its research internationally recognised, King’s offers an intellectually rigorous environment supported by welcoming and caring traditions.

river thames, with strand campus on opposite bank

Top 25 King’s has shone in two important international charts: in the Times Higher-QS table for 2009 the College was recognised for the third year running as one of the world’s top 25 universities. This ranking of 23rd internationally and sixth in the UK confirmed King’s reputation as a centre of global academic excellence in both research and teaching. In the prestigious Shanghai Jiao Tong world university chart (which does not include performance in arts and humanities subjects) King’s rose dramatically by 16 places: from 81st position to 65th.

King’s Health Partners A highly prestigious recent partnership between the College and three of London’s most successful NHS foundation trusts (Guy’s & St Thomas’; King’s College Hospital, and the South London & Maudsley) has formed King’s Health Partners. This pioneering collaboration (accredited as one of the UK’s first five Academic Health Sciences Centres in 2009) enables researchers and healthcare professionals to work much more closely together, and with their students, to develop world-class new treatments for patients, ensuring that King’s remains at the forefront of innovation in this area.

International King’s student body includes people from some 140 countries, and more than one in four of our students are from outside the UK. King’s has partnerships with many other universities worldwide, and among recent new associations are those between King’s Centre for International Child Oral Health and the Harvard School of Dental Medicine; between King’s and Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, to develop joint research links and a student exchange scheme; and between King’s and the University of Hong Kong to establish a dual degree programme in Law and joint PhD programmes.

Somerset House

Research assessment

The College has signed a milestone agreement to take possession of the East Wing of Somerset House, extending our Strand Campus into one of London’s most beautiful and important buildings. This development – which has been sought by King’s ever since its foundation in 1829! – will provide a new and fittingly grand home for our School of Law and, in partnership with the Somerset House Trust, the chance to develop a new London arts complex and cultural hub at the Strand.

King’s outstanding reputation for cutting-edge research was confirmed by the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, in which 23 of the College’s departments were ranked in the top quartile of British universities. Over half of our academic staff work in departments that are in the top 10 per cent in the UK in their field and can thus be classed as world-leading, and the College achieved one of the top two ratings for research impact in health sciences subjects. Subject areas that have 30 per cent or over of their research activity designated world-leading include:

Olympic testing A partnership between GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) and King’s will mean that the College’s world-renowned Drug Control Centre will play a key role in anti-doping testing and control for the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games. The King’s Drug Control Centre has already been involved in the science of anti-doping in four winter Olympics, two previous summer Olympics and several Commonwealth games. In 2012 King’s scientists will be working round the clock to analyse thousands of athletes’ samples, helping to deter drug cheats and ensuring that the Games are conducted to the highest ethical standards.

• Dentistry • Nutritional Sciences • Management Studies • The Centre for Computing in the Humanities (Library and Information Management) • Education • Portuguese • Classics, Ancient History, Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies • Philosophy • Film Studies (Dance, Drama and Performing Arts) • Music. King’s is among the top seven UK universities for research earnings and is one of the largest higher education suppliers of research to UK government departments.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Palliative care first

In the past year, King’s has:

The world’s first institute of palliative care was formally launched in May 2010 by HRH The Princess Royal, Chancellor of the University of London. The Cicely Saunders Institute of Palliative Care at the King’s Denmark Hill Campus is a world-class research, teaching and care institute which will work to improve the way in which care is given to the dying. It brings together clinicians, educators and researchers, together with facilities for patients and carers in a partnership between the College and Cicely Saunders International.

• celebrated the centenary of the death of Florence Nightingale and the 150th anniversary of her founding the world’s first professional school of nursing, from which the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery at King’s is directly descended;

African leadership grant King’s was awarded a grant of $1.7 million by the Carnegie Corporation of New York in 2009 to fund peace and security fellowships at the African Leadership Centre (ALC), formed in 2008 as collaboration between King’s and Kenyatta University Nairobi, Kenya. The ALC’s aim is to produce a cadre of young Africans with expertise in peace, security and development that will enable them to formulate and implement future policy in this area. The Carnegie grant will enable 21 young African scholars over three years to complete master’s courses in Conflict, Security & Development, or International Peace & Security at King’s.

• established a new Life Sciences Museum at the Guy’s Campus, including more than 2,500 plant and animal specimens displayed together in dedicated exhibition space, for use in teaching; • received a major donation for a lectureship in Chinese Entrepreneurship, believed to be the first at a British university. Based in the newly established China Institute at King’s, the lecturer will study China’s influential role as the world’s largest market economy;

• been awarded the Queen’s Anniversary Prize for the work of the Health Service & Population Research Group at the Institute of Psychiatry. The Group was recognised for helping the recovery and improving the quality of life of people with mental health problems throughout the world; • established a unique MSc in Space Physiology & Health, the first of its kind in Europe. Students will study disease and physical de-conditioning in space-faring humans, and learn how to counter and manage such conditions; • received an ‘outstanding’ accolade for its Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) programme from Ofsted. King’s course was placed in the

next generation nightingales, 150th anniversary ball

Grade one category, and the inspectors commented that the course leaders were not merely adjusting to change but helping to bring it about; • launched with the universities of Harvard and Hull the International State Crime Initiative (ISCI): a multidisciplinary, international initiative to collate, analyse and disseminate knowledge about criminal state practices and resistance to them. ISCI hosts a web forum where reports and personal experiences of state crimes around the world are collected, monitored and discussed.

PGCE teaching

excellence DISCOVERING

Discovering Discovery is at the heart of our endeavours. King’s has produced some of the world’s greatest innovators, and today we are one of the UK’s leading universities for research funded by the government and by business. Our research informs and supports everything we offer our postgraduate students.

guy’s campus

Our Nobels

Spin out to success

Nine people from King’s and its associated institutions have been awarded the Nobel Prize, including most recently Professor Sir James Black (1924-2010) for the development of life-saving drugs; Desmond Tutu for his role in the anti-apartheid campaign in South Africa, and Professor Maurice Wilkins (1916-2004) for his work on the structure of DNA.

In the past five years, more than 20 companies have been created as ‘spin outs’ to exploit King’s research, discovery and inventions. Among these are Proximagen, which is developing drugs for Parkinson’s disease, and LiDCO plc which develops cardiovascular monitoring devices for patients in major surgery and intensive care. Most recently OSspray Ltd, a King’s spin-out specialising in the production and distribution of a novel dental treatment material, has launched its first product, Sylc, in the US and Europe. The expertise behind these ‘spin outs’ comes from King’s Business: the whollyowned subsidiary company of the College, responsible for the commercial development of research and innovation at King’s.

High standard hi-tech The latest addition to King’s pioneering group of elearning master’s programmes – delivered to an extremely high standard through online, distance learning – is the MA in French Language & Culture. This unique new programme is developed and co-taught with King’s Modern Language Centre and enables students to reach a near-native level of language skill through full tutorial support and interaction, delivered via the King’s virtual learning environment online. The MA in War in the Modern World from our highly respected Department of War Studies is delivered online to students with wide-ranging interests and backgrounds. The King’s Dental Institute offers master’s courses by distance learning and currently enables 200 students in 40 countries to study at home, in the office or practice, and through an annual, intensive face-to-face course – all to the same standard as for students in London.

Airports pollute: proved Airports have a clear, measurable effect on nitrogen concentrations, a King’s study undertaken during the April 2010 closure of airports has shown. Scientists in the College’s Environmental Research Group measured the effects of the closure of UK airspace on the air quality around major airports, after the Icelandic volcano eruption, and found that the concentrations of NOx (the generic term for oxides of nitrogen combined) and NO2 (nitrogen dioxide) surrounding Gatwick and Heathrow dropped considerably during the period of closure. Such nitrogen

pollutants can increase breathing difficulties in people with existing sensibilities, cardiac conditions or in older people. Under the impact of sunlight they can transform into the even more damaging pollutant ozone. NOx and NO2 are produced by the high-temperature mix of aviation with fuel.

Oxytocin: beyond the ‘love molecule’ Scientists at King’s have now shown that oxytocin, a small peptide that acts as a hormone and a neurotransmitter, may play a fundamental role in co-operative sociality, going beyond its claim to fame as the ‘love molecule’. Oxytocin is released from the brain into the general circulation during parturition, lactation and orgasm. The research found that the nucleus accumbens (or so-called ‘pleasure centre’) in the brains of co-operative naked mole-rats is abundantly supplied with oxytocin and its receptors, whereas these were absent from this part of the brain in solitary Cape mole-rats. The findings suggest that sociality and cooperation, rather than monogamy per se, may be shaped by this hormone. In humans, studies have shown that abnormalities in the oxytocin system may underlie autism spectrum disorders.

Twinbank King’s scientists are creating the world’s largest database of twins in order to investigate the genetic and environmental origins

‘When I am researching human resource related theories I usually find myself quoting my world-renowned and well-published professors. What has significantly made my experience a positive one is the personal relationship and easy access to these professors. Even with their busy schedules they always make the effort to give you enough time to discuss issues, ask questions or seek career advice.’ Siwar Zein Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

of disease and behaviour. The TwinBank project is aiming to hold the records of 300,000 of the UK’s estimated 640,000 pairs of twins, allowing researchers to compare identical and nonidentical twins to determine the relative contributions of nature and nurture to human development. It will transform research into conditions such as obesity, heart disease, autism, mental illness and cancer, and enable investigation of medical conditions that affect one in 100 people or fewer, such as schizophrenia, leukaemia and motor neuron disease.

Dental education centre The new state-of-the-art London Dental Education Centre (LonDEC) opened in 2009 at King’s Waterloo Campus. The new £2 million facility is a joint enterprise between King’s and the London Deanery, acting on behalf of NHS London, and will be the centre for some of the master’s degree programmes run by the King’s Dental Institute. LonDEC will provide clinical training in modern oral health care for the London dental community, and personal and professional development for improving clinical leadership. The Centre includes a dental skills training room equipped with 26 high specification clinical simulation units; eight operating microscopes to enable high quality dentistry; a mannequin that can be programmed to

simulate emergencies which may be encountered in dental practice, and a simulation suite for team training in both infection control and the management of medical emergencies.

Analysis of maths results Rising scores in secondary school maths exam grades in England over the past 30 years do not appear to stem from real increases in mathematical understanding, a major research study from King’s Department of Education & Professional Studies and the University of Durham has found. The analysis of 3,000 secondary pupils’ 2008 performance in algebra, ratio and decimals tests suggested that there has been little overall change in maths attainment since 1976. Exam pass rates, by contrast, have risen dramatically: from some 22 per cent of pupils obtaining a GCE grade C or above in maths in the early 1980s to over 55 per cent achieving this grade in 2008. The exercise also revealed that secondary pupils are much more familiar with decimals than they were 30 years ago, but found fractions harder.

New Centre for Biomedicine & Society King’s major global centre brings together experts in the social sciences, humanities, medicine and the biomedical sciences to study some of the

most important developments in contemporary life. Current projects include the politics of the global bioeconomy (particularly regenerative medicine in Europe, India and China); innovation in the use of medical devices; and the ways in which identities may be reconfigured through new personalised genome testing. The Centre provides a stimulating and creative environment for an international community of master’s, PhD, post-doctoral and early career researchers, with an MSc in Medicine, Science & Society and a new MA in Bioethics & Society run jointly with King’s Centre of Medical Law & Ethics.

Royal Fellow Robin Murray, Professor of Psychiatric Research at the Institute of Psychiatry at King’s, is one of only a tiny handful of psychiatrists to be elected a Fellow of the Royal Society. The Society, which was founded in 1660, includes 1,300 of the most eminent scientists from the British Isles and Commonwealth. Professor Murray was recognised in particular for his contribution to the shift from the view of schizophrenia as an adult-onset psychosis to the view that it is an early-onset neuro-developmental disorder. His rigorous empirical studies of the condition have identified some specific environmental causes, including obstetric complications at birth and early heavy cannabis use.

Our stars For centuries King’s has been producing innovators who have helped to make the world a better place. Among our stars are: Sir Charles Lyell, founder of modern geology Sir Charles Wheatstone, pioneer of current electricity and wireless telegraphy John Frederic Daniell, inventor of the constant-cell battery Thomas Hodgkin, identifier of Hodgkin’s disease James Clerk Maxwell, Einstein’s predecessor in electromagnetism and relativity Lord Lister, inventor of antiseptic surgery, known as ‘the father of modern medicine’ Florence Nightingale, founder of the first professional school of nursing John Keats, Romantic poet Thomas Hardy, Novelist William S Gilbert, of Gilbert and Sullivan fame Virginia Woolf, author and critic Arthur C Clarke, science fiction writer.

connected

Connected King’s is the most central of all London’s universities. Our postgraduate students’ learning and careers benefit from our close connections with the UK’s professional, political, legal, commercial, scientific and cultural life, and from our partnership with three leading NHS hospital foundation trusts.

Visitors to King’s

Location in London

Because of its distinction and central London location, halfway between Westminster and the City of London, King’s attracts many eminent visitors and speakers. Those you could have heard in 2009-10 included:

Four of King’s campuses are located within a single square mile between the Houses of Parliament and London Bridge, with our Denmark Hill Campus a short journey away in south London. See pages 24-27 for further details of our sites and the facilities at each.

• His Excellency Louis B Susman, the United States Ambassador • the Secretary of State for Defence, the Rt Hon Bob Ainsworth MP • Robert Fisk, Middle East correspondent for the Independent newspaper • Archbishop and Nobel Laureate Desmond Tutu • the US Supreme Court’s Chief Justice Roberts • Emilio Botín, Chairman of the UK’s biggest bank, Santander • authors Fay Weldon and Hilary Mantel, winner of the 2009 Booker Prize • the Lord Chief Justice of England and Wales, Lord Judge • award-winning playwright Michael Frayn • His Excellency Ahmet Davutoglu, Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Turkey • Lord Sainsbury of Turville, former Minister for Science and Technology • Professor A Thomas McLellan, US Deputy ‘Drugs Czar’ • Baroness Sally Morgan, former Minister of State for Women.

Academic resources At King’s you will have extraordinary access to the country’s leading cultural and scientific institutions, academic institutes and societies, most of which are based in London. These include the Royal Society, the Royal Society of Arts, the Royal Geographical Society, the Institute of Physics, the London Mathematical Society and the Royal Astronomical Society. You will be able to use the enviable information resources of London’s libraries and museums, which include the British Library, the University of London Library and many other specialist collections (see also www.studylondon.ac.uk).

There are many other advantages to being a student in London, whichever subject you are studying at King’s. For health programmes, London offers access to an extremely diverse patient population, as well as our NHS partnerships and one of the UK’s five Academic Health Sciences Centres: King’s Health Partners. The School of Law is ideally positioned for access to the heart of legal London, and the School and our Careers Service organise many events where the legal world visits King’s. Details of some of our cultural and arts connections can be found opposite. For all of our programmes, our location means we play host to a huge range of public speakers and events, many of which are open to students.

Affordable London As a student, it can cost you less to enjoy London than at any other time of your life. With around 16 per cent of the UK total student population living in London, the capital is well geared up for students. There are many student discounts to take advantage of, on travel, shops, eating out and more, plus the many free entertainment events that happen daily.

‘For me, the benefits of living in London include access to travel and the fact that every touring dance, theatre and music company comes here. I’ve loved getting to know smaller art galleries as well as the large scale efforts of the Royal Academy, Tate Modern and National Gallery. I’ve also spent many happy weekends exploring towns, great houses and parks. London inspires and challenges me to see differently, understand more, and consider people in new ways.’ Alison Wood English MPhil/PhD

www.kcl.ac.uk

TRAFALGAR SQUARE

KING’S STRAND CAMPUS

KING’S MAUGHAN LIBRARY

Cultural connections King’s has direct links with many of the capital’s cultural and arts organisations, and some master’s programmes are co-taught, for example, with the British Museum and the British Library (see pages 42 and 48). Some of the organisations that King’s works closely with are: • British Library • Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre • British Museum • Tate Gallery • National Portrait Gallery • Royal Academy • BFI • English National Opera • V&A • London Centre for Arts & Cultural Enterprise.

THE LONDON EYE

ST PAUL’S CATHEDRAL

CITY FINANCIAL DISTRICT

KING’S WATERLOO CAMPUS

SHAKESPEARE’S GLOBE THEATRE

TATE MODERN

HOUSES OF PARLIAMENT

KING’S ST THOMAS’ CAMPUS

KING’S GUY’S CAMPUS

excellence

Excellence King’s academics are redefining the world and helping to make it a better place. With the support of our specialist Graduate School you can follow in this tradition and graduate to the highly distinguished company of King’s alumni.

guy’s campus

Research-led teaching As one of the world’s leading research-intensive universities, King’s postgraduate students are taught or supervised by academics who are national or international leaders in their field, familiar with the latest ideas and developments in their discipline. King’s provides a supportive network by helping to ensure the welfare and success of our students. King’s offers around 300 taught postgraduate programmes and an extensive range of research opportunities. You will be supported both by the central Graduate School and by your own academic department and School. The Graduate School champions the needs of postgraduates in College decision-making and delivers training, services and facilities centrally. The Schools are responsible for academic matters and for local training, support, guidance and administration. Most of our taught programmes provide students with the opportunity to undertake research. We value scholarly enquiry and independence of thought, and our students enjoy high levels of staff contact, with free and open discussion. Our goal is to enhance your experience as a postgraduate student. We bring together the postgraduate opportunities from the Schools to provide a vibrant research environment and high quality taught postgraduate experiences.

postGraduate qualifications at King’s Taught programmes: • Graduate Certificates and Diplomas (Grad Cert, Grad Dip, equivalent to final year undergraduate study) • Postgraduate Certificates and Diplomas (PG Cert, PG Dip) • Master’s (MA, MBA, MSc, LLM, MClinDent, MPH, MMus) • Master’s by research (MRes)

Research degrees: • MPhil • MPhilStud • MD(Res) • PhD • Joint PhD programmes with international partners

Professional doctorates: • Doctorate in Clinical Psychology (DClinPsy) • Doctorate in Education (EdD) • Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing, DHC) • Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy, DHC) • Doctorate in Theology and Ministry (DThMin) • Doctorate in Professional Studies (DrPS)

Research degrees A research degree can be the first step in an academic career, but it is also valued by many other employers who are looking for flexible and critical thinkers. Supervision is key to your success so we ensure that all of our supervisors are trained and rewarded, and your progress is regularly reviewed against pre-agreed milestones. Whether you study full- or part-time, your research degree will require an enormous commitment from you and from King’s, so we strongly advise you to discuss your research aims in-depth with us before you apply. Guidance on applying for a research degree can be found on page 30 and in the individual programmes section. King’s also offers a number of joint PhD programmes with our international partner institutions, see page 12 for more details.

Professional doctorates If you want to continue your postgraduate study to doctoral level (equivalent to a traditional PhD), already have a master’s level qualification and several years’ professional experience, a professional doctorate will allow you to combine professional and academic work. Professional doctorates vary in length and study mode. Apart from our doctorate in Clinical Psychology, all are part-time programmes.

‘I have received immense support from world-leading academics and an outstanding research environment which confirms King’s status as a centre of excellence. The strong links the College has with the pharmaceutical industry have also proven to be a great asset. The wide range of transferable skills, knowledge and the intellectual challenge which I gained through studying here will definitely be a valuable asset for my future career.’ Rim Jawad Pharmaceutical Science MPhil/PhD

www.kcl.ac.uk

Taught programmes We cater for many different needs and aspirations. You may be carrying straight on from your first degree, studying as you work, taking time out from work to enhance your professional expertise, returning to study, or joining us from overseas. Whatever the case, you will find an understanding and encouraging environment at King’s. Some programmes are professionally accredited and are highly specialised, others have a range of entry routes. Many are multidisciplinary, both in content and the students they attract.

Credit framework All taught postgraduate programmes operate within a credit framework. Programmes are made up of a number of modules, each with a credit value – for a standard master’s programme the overall credit value is 180. Credit relates to the amount of learning required for a particular module or programme. One unit of credit equates roughly to 10 hours of learning, including teaching, private study, revision and assessment. This is an estimate, as we recognise students learn at different paces, but the credit framework will give you an indication of the amount of time you will need to spend studying.

Graduate certificates and graduate diplomas We offer a small number of graduate certificates and diplomas. These are at a level equivalent to the final year of an undergraduate honours degree, and are generally suitable for students who have studied to degree level but do not have the necessary specific area of expertise to undertake a specialist master’s programme.

Postgraduate diplomas The College also offers a range of postgraduate diplomas. These often contain the same taught elements as a master’s programme, but do not require a dissertation. They are a good option if you wish to participate in a taught programme without the research element. Alternatively, some postgraduate diplomas are designed as a prerequisite for a specialist master’s programme – successful completion allows you to progress to your chosen master’s.

Taught master’s We offer around 300 different master’s programmes. These include specialist programmes (where a closely related first degree is required) and programmes of broader academic scope (some of which are interdisciplinary in approach). There are programmes leading

to careers in research, specific commercial or healthcare sectors and, of course, programmes for your own personal development and enjoyment. One constant in this diversity is our continued commitment to excellence and research-led teaching. All master’s programmes include a research project or dissertation.

Taught master’s by research Certain Schools within the College offer MRes programmes, and some offer research-related master’s programmes. They all contain in-depth, specialist research training. They are useful if you are considering an academic or commercial research career. If you are unsure whether a PhD is the right option for you, or want to enhance your research skills before embarking on one, a research-based master’s degree may be a viable alternative, or helpful first step.

Short courses and professional development A number of Schools and departments across King’s offer professional development and short courses not listed in this publication. Details will be given within our online prospectus (www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus).

Modes of study Full-time, part-time, distance learning and elearning Many programmes are offered on a full- or part-time basis, so you can choose which best suits you. Others, because of the nature of the subject or the specific content, are only offered as full- or part-time study. Our programmes are designed to be as flexible as possible. Where appropriate, modules are timetabled to fit with work or personal commitments. Some departments offer all or part of their postgraduate programmes in the early evening. The College also runs a small number of distance learning and elearning programmes. Many postgraduate-level programmes include an element of web-based learning. Most programmes start in late September or early October. They run fulltime for around nine months (usually for postgraduate diplomas), or the full calendar year (usually for master’s programmes). A small number have a January start, and while it is possible to start a PhD at different points throughout the year, most students start in the autumn.

excellence international

International Our global reputation for academic excellence informed by world-class research, complemented by an unbeatable location in the heart of London, attracts the best international students from all over the world.

maughan library

INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS AND STUDY ABROAD King’s is proud to have wide-ranging partnerships with leading institutions across the world and aims to encourage progressive research, facilitate knowledge transfer, elevate learning and enhance the student experience through these partnerships. We offer an increasing number of joint PhD programmes where you will have the opportunity of living and studying both in London and at partner institutions such as the National University of Singapore, Hong Kong University and Humboldt University in Germany and receive a single PhD awarded by both institutions. To find out more visit www.kcl.ac.uk/ prospectus/research

WORLD-CLASS INSTITUTION King’s is ranked in the top 25 universities worldwide and is renowned for providing an especially welcoming environment for talented students from all over the world. We offer a vast range of programmes to international students, and whichever you choose, you will work with academics who are leaders in their field, offering you access to some of the most exciting, cutting-edge research in the world.

UNRIVALLED LOCATION As a King’s student you will be in the heart of the cultural capital, with an abundance of research facilities and academic societies on your doorstep. Our unrivalled location has enabled us to forge mutually beneficial links with institutions such as Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, the British Museum and the British Library. If you are looking to contribute to an exciting, forward-thinking environment and to the local, national and international community, then King’s is undoubtedly the place for you.

ACCOMMODATION We understand that moving to another country can be a daunting experience. Our Accommodation Service offers you advice and support for finding the accommodation that is right for you. For more information, please see the postgraduate accommodation section on page 22.

COMMUNITY King’s offers a vibrant community situated in one of the most exciting cities in the world and our students’ union, called KCLSU (run by students for students), will help you make the most of everything that is on offer. Visit www.kclsu.org

ENTRY QUALIFICATIONS King’s recognises many qualifications from around the world. For further advice on whether your qualifications meet our entry requirements, please visit the online postgraduate prospectus at www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus or contact the department to which you are applying directly.

‘I came to King’s College London from Los Angeles as a Rotary Ambassadorial Scholar thanks to a generous grant from the Rotary Foundation and my local Rotary club. I am grateful to have had the experience of being an international student; I think the epiphanies you come to as an immigrant and the interaction with students in the diverse King’s student body is an absolutely priceless experience.’ Cynthia Salim Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics MA

www.kcl.ac.uk

ENGLISH LANGUAGE CENTRE To follow our programmes successfully, you must have a good command of English and be able to apply this effectively in an academic environment. The minimum requirements for each King’s School are set out on page 31. Our British Council-accredited English Language Centre (ELC) offers a range of graduate diploma programmes run in collaboration with King’s departments, as well as pre-master’s and pre-sessional programmes and free language and study skills support during your postgraduate studies. Further details can be found on page 31 and at www.kcl.ac.uk/elc

FEES AND FUNDING INFORMATION Fees for our programmes can be found within our online prospectus. See page 20 for general information and details about scholarships. Information is also available at www.kcl.ac.uk/ international/finance and at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

SUPPORT King’s is renowned for its supportive, friendly atmosphere. You will receive help and advice at every stage of your application process; a special orientation programme when you arrive, and continuing expert support throughout your studies. The College also has dedicated international student advisers offering guidance on visa and immigration issues – see page 29 for further information. The King’s Careers Service is also on hand to help you find employment in and outside the UK – see page 28 for details.

WEBSITE King’s has a dedicated area on the website for international students: www.kcl.ac.uk/international. Here you will be able to find information tailored to students from over 60 countries around the world as well as comprehensive pre-departure and arrival information.

KING’S VISITS YOUR COUNTRY King’s International Marketing Team may be visiting your country soon. To find out when, visit www.kcl.ac.uk/ international/country/visit

excellence vibrant

Vibrant At King’s you become part of London: one of the world’s most vibrant cities for arts, culture, learning and entertainment. Our mix of students of all levels and fields of study creates a friendly atmosphere in which to study, socialise and flourish.

london eye

The King’s experience encompasses far more than study. Our students like to get involved, and there is plenty to get involved with. Besides a host of events, including high-profile speakers, exhibitions and debates, the College and the Students’ Union bring together groups of like-minded students in clubs, societies, volunteering projects, and socially at our cafés and bars. Our alumni network also keeps you up to speed after you graduate.

KCLSU (King’s College London Students’ Union) At KCLSU, our mission is to support you during your time at King’s through organising sporting, social and cultural activities; by ensuring the student voice is heard and by providing you with access to independent support and advice when you need it. We are a student-focused organisation that puts King’s students’ wants and needs at the centre of what we do. As a King’s student, you will automatically be a member of KCLSU and our direction and focus is placed in your hands.

Getting involved Whether you’ve been doing it for years or you just feel like trying something new, there are an enormous variety of sports clubs, societies, volunteering opportunities and campaigning groups where you can get involved.

Sports clubs and societies The majority of sports teams take part in nationally recognised fixtures in British Universities and Colleges Sport (BUCS) leagues. If you’re more of a beginner, there’s still plenty of opportunity to play just for fun, from rugby to ultimate frisbee, rowing to kung fu. KCLSU has access to all College-owned facilities, including four sports grounds close to central London and strong links with other University of London teams. There are over a hundred societies to choose from, including groups specifically aimed at postgraduate and mature students, most religions and nationalities, political parties, performing arts, and many more. Each society has its own social programme and many organise events and showcases throughout the year.

‘Being an international student I thought I would feel intimidated arriving at King’s but that was far from the case. King’s has a very friendly culture. The Students’ Union has a number of societies and events and they make you feel welcome. I have been a member of the Pakistani Society as well as the Cricket Club for the past four years.’ Hussain Malik Financial Mathematics MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

Music

Free time

As well as signing up for KCLSU music societies, students wishing to pursue musical interests can also join:

KCLSU has some amazing places to get together with new friends in a safe and secure environment. Our two bars, the Waterfront (Strand Campus) and Guy’s Bar (Guy’s Campus) have both recently been refurbished and serve a range of food and drinks all day. Tutu’s (named after alumnus Desmond Tutu) hosts a range of club nights and is home to our live gig programme.

• College Chapel Choir – the internationally renowned choir undertakes a wide variety of formal and informal engagements, as well as certain College chapel services. Entry is by audition for a choral scholarship. For more details contact David Trendell, the College Organist (Department of Music, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC2R 2LS, david.trendell@kcl.ac.uk). • College Orchestra – which always welcomes suitably qualified musicians. The orchestra rehearses weekly, leading to a concert performance at the end of each semester. • Guy’s, King’s and St Thomas’ Hospitals’ Music Society – which is open to staff and students from the three hospital campuses. • Music Department Choir – which is open to experienced singers from other departments. For more details contact music@kcl.ac.uk

Recent appearances have included The Hoosiers, Scouting for Girls, Snow Patrol, Hot Chip, CSS, Pigeon Detectives and Bobby Friction. If you want to work off the calories or just keep fit and healthy, Kinetic Fitness Club provides high quality gym facilities at great value prices. All King’s students receive discounted membership with access to cardiovascular and resistance equipment, free weights and a comprehensive range of classes.

Advice and support KCLSU Student Centres can be found at Guy’s, Strand and Waterloo campuses and are your first point of call for information on anything relating to KCLSU. You can also buy events tickets and discount newspapers, get NUS Extra cards and join sports clubs or societies. Off campus, you can access KCLSU services via our website, www.kclsu.org.

We want you to have the best possible experience at King’s but if sometimes things go wrong, we are here to help. Our confidential and impartial Advice Service will help you deal with issues relating to your educational experience and we can also help you access other support services provided by King’s.

Volunteering Many students use their time at King’s to give back to the local community through volunteering projects. You can get involved in a short project for as little as a day or something more long-term.

After you graduate When you graduate, you will automatically become a member of the King’s College London Association, a worldwide network of over 116,000 former students of King’s and its merged colleges. Membership lasts a lifetime, it’s free, and being part of our alumni network provides a wide range of benefits, including a variety of social and educational events and reunions, a dedicated website (www. alumni.kcl.ac.uk) which helps you keep in touch with friends and make new contacts, and In Touch, our free alumni magazine. You can also continue to benefit from free access to King’s libraries, discounts at the Kinetic Fitness Club, language courses and worldwide discounts on travel and entertainment.

excellence NEED TO KNOW

Graduate School The Graduate School aims to attract the best postgraduate students in the world and provides a world-class experience within a friendly and supportive environment.

guy’s campus

King’s offers access to some of the most exciting, leadingedge research in the world. As a postgraduate student, you will join a research division or department, working alongside expert researchers.

Your community The College-wide Graduate School was established in 2006 to help King’s attract the best postgraduate students in the world and ensure they have a world-class experience while studying for their doctorates or master’s degrees. The Graduate School does this by providing services and facilities for our 2,000 doctoral students, and by ensuring that other College service-providers have the particular needs of all of our 8,600 postgraduates in mind when developing provision.

Research-intensive King’s is a research-intensive institution and this enriches our doctoral and master’s programmes. Our staff are experts in their fields and will seek to ensure that you are taken to the research frontier of your discipline whilst also being provided with the personal skills you will need to succeed in life, whether you then choose to be an academic or not.

Investment in facilities Regardless of whether you are studying for a master’s or a doctorate you will benefit from the significant investment King’s has made in its estate and its infrastructure. We have spent over £550 million on our estate and libraries in the last 20 years and are currently investing heavily in major improvements to our IT infrastructure and services. King’s has also recently invested in its

English Language Centre and its Modern Language Centre, both of which can help you acquire new skills or improve existing skills. We have a very active team who seek to develop your entrepreneurialism and business skills (King’s College London Business).

Induction Graduate School support begins with a comprehensive induction programme for new research students so that you know what support and facilities are available from day one. These complement induction events organised by each academic School and special Graduate School induction sessions for international students.

postGraduate spaces and socialising We have created Graduate Lounges on each campus where postgraduates can meet students from other departments over a coffee and we are adding Skype to allow you to phone home. We have just opened the first Graduate Zone, a postgraduateonly workspace in one of our libraries where you can go if you need quiet time to think or write. Together with KCLSU, we also organise a series of social events called ‘Unlocking London’ that help you get to know the capital and its vibrant social life. Previous events include Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, an evening Thames River Cruise and a festive flight on the London Eye.

‘The supervision I have received has been expert, rigorous and dedicated. I have been able to call upon the help and advice of other members of staff in and outside my department. The student-body at King’s is highly international and all of these factors have contributed to the feeling that I am studying at a university in the broadest sense of the word. This has made the experience of studying for a PhD at King’s a collegial and fulfilling one.’ Matthew Wilkinson Education MPhil/PhD

www.kcl.ac.uk

Modern Language Centre The Centre offers a variety of courses for academic and professional development for postgraduate students of all disciplines. The courses allow the chance to develop language skills at all levels. Languages on offer include Arabic, Bengali, Catalan, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hindi, Italian, Japanese, Mandarin, Panjabi, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Sanskrit, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish and Urdu. There is also a range of specialised courses, including languages for business, for law and for health professionals. All our teachers are experienced, qualified native speakers of their languages. Postgraduates can choose from a range of language modules, either to take for credit as part of a taught degree programme, or to support a research degree. Students are also welcome to take extra-curricular language courses, either by joining an undergraduate assessed module, choosing one of the evening classes or a tailor-made course. There is a fee for any extra-curricular course, but King’s students receive a discounted rate. For more information contact the Modern Language Centre, tel 020 7848 2890, modern.language@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/mlc

Research students The Graduate School publishes the College’s Core Code of Practice that is given to every student on registration. This document sets out policies that will affect you. It also explains what your responsibilities are, as well as those of your supervisor, department and School. It describes how your progress will be monitored and it gives you a timeline of key events in your journey towards submission of your thesis. Every doctoral student has two supervisors whose job it is to guide your professional and academic development. You will probably also be part of a research group that will provide the research culture and environment within which you will work. Many research groups organise research seminars, journal clubs and discussion groups. Others provide training in research methods that are unique to your field. Some Schools organise ‘Research Showcases’ in which postgraduates are invited to present the results of their research to their peers, to academic staff and to invited specialists. In the Health Schools, prizes are then awarded for the best paper presentation.

Commercial opportunities King’s College London Business is our commercialisation and enterprise group. It provides a range of services to postgraduate students across the College: The Lion’s Den postgraduate business plan competition Run in conjunction with King’s Graduate School this aims to develop postgraduates’ business and commercial awareness and helps postgraduate students to develop entrepreneurial capabilities. Lion’s Den enhances postgraduate student career prospects and their professional and personal skills. For more information please contact harriet.robinson@kcl.ac.uk LCACE The London Centre for Arts and Cultural Enterprise (LCACE) fosters collaboration and

promotes and supports the exchange of knowledge between the consortium’s partners and London’s arts and cultural sectors. This includes nurturing and rewarding enterprise in academic staff and students. Please see www.lcace.org.uk King’s Business internship King’s Business offers an internship programme, providing work experience in business development and commercialisation for postgraduate students and postdoctoral workers. For more information please contact anna.thornton@kcl.ac.uk Support for internships King’s Business supports the development of new internship modules on several master’s programmes. For more information please contact harriet.robinson@kcl.ac.uk

excellence NEED TO KNOW

Graduate School

strand campus

Wherever your programme is based, you will receive the same high standards of help and support.

Monitoring progress Each School has a committee that monitors the progress that you are making toward submitting your thesis. You will have your first progress review after three months and then every six months until your thesis is submitted. A major review of progress takes place when you seek upgrade from MPhil to PhD status. The purpose of this review is to ensure that you are capable of completing your project on time. This review usually involves you submitting a substantial piece of work to a panel of assessors and being interviewed by them. Many students feel this is useful practice for the final oral examination. In some Schools you are also required to make an oral presentation on your research.

Skills training Once you are settled into your studies the Graduate School has lead responsibility for coordinating the delivery of the skills training you will need to successfully complete your thesis and to get a job. We encourage you to undertake ten days of personal development per year, some with your supervisor and some with the Graduate School. The key skills that the Graduate School’s Researcher Development Programme is seeking to develop are:

• Research management and information literacy. • Personal effectiveness (eg time management, project management, creativity and problem solving). • Skills in communication and education (eg writing effectively, communicating research, demonstrating and teaching skills). • Networking and team working. • Career management and lifelong development. General courses cover issues such as finishing your PhD, presenting research effectively, and ethics in research. A programme of IT courses (eg bibliographic software, information retrieval, Office software) is offered, as well as advice and training from King’s Careers Service. Further details of Schools-specific provision are outlined in the programme listings. These are delivered either through courses, online resources or through one-to-one coaching. All Graduate School courses are bookable online, through Skills Forge, which also records the training you have completed and allows you to produce a transcript to show employers.

AKC Postgraduates studying for two- or three-year programmes may be eligible to take the Associateship of King’s College (AKC). This optional free course (unique to King’s) considers aspects of ethics, philosophy and theology, Biblical studies and Christian doctrine. Lectures for 2010-11 will look at Ethics, and Conflict & Conflict Resolution. Students in the Department of Theology & Religious Studies follow a separate course, and in 2010-11 these lectures will be given by members of the Department of Classics and the School of Social Science & Public Policy. For more information contact the Dean’s Office, 020 7848 2333, dean@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/akc

www.kcl.ac.uk

The Graduate School hosts the College’s two Royal Literary Fund Writing Fellows who offer one-to-one advice on how best to write your thesis. And we are one of the few universities in the UK to have a dedicated postgraduate Careers Adviser. An additional element of the Graduate School’s provision is the Researcher Open Competition that allows groups of students to bid for funding for development initiatives. Our Law students, for example, won funds to organise a European conference for Law postgraduates and publish the proceedings.

Conferences and overseas study Because academic networking is so important the Graduate School launched a new College competition in 2009 to allow doctoral students to bid for funds to deliver papers at conferences. We also operate a scheme that funds doctoral students to spend time overseas working in one of our partner universities which currently includes Hong Kong University, National University of Singapore, Chapel Hill North Carolina, JNU Delhi, University of Sao Paulo, Renmin University China and University of California, San Francisco. We are also developing joint and dual doctoral degrees with some of these partners.

Supervisory excellence The Graduate School also has responsibility for the quality of research supervision you receive. We already have high doctoral submission rates but we want to improve further so we have organised conferences, training and discussion groups for King’s academics to make sure they are excellent supervisors as well as world-class researchers. Supervisory Excellence Awards have been introduced to reward outstanding supervisors.

Teaching experience For doctoral students who wish to pursue an academic career, many Schools offer the option of undertaking some teaching. King’s Learning Institute offers a training programme that gives you the skills to teach at university level.

excellence NEED TO KNOW

Fees & funding Further details about all of the issues in this section can be found on our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

Fees

Instalments and deposits

Fees vary from programme to programme and are subject to revision each year. Fees for 2010 entry ranged from around £4,000£10,000 for ‘home/EU’ full-time master’s per year or £12,000 to £30,000 for overseas fulltime master’s. Fees for research programmes also vary depending on the nature of the subject studied. Full-time ‘home/EU’ students paid from £3,600-£5,900 per year in 2010. Overseas fulltime researchers paid between £12,300-£29,000. Fees for all taught and research programmes can be found listed alongside individual programmes on the online prospectus (www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus).

You can pay tuition fees in two equal instalments, and if you are self-financing and pay in full by the stipulated date you will receive a two per cent early settlement refund. For certain programmes, a fee deposit scheme is in operation. When you are offered a place to study on one of our programmes, you will be advised whether you are required to pay a deposit (likely to be around 10 per cent of the fee).

Equivalent or lower level qualifications The UK government has changed arrangements for home/EU students who are seeking to obtain an equivalent or lower level qualification (known as ELQ) than they already hold. This means that if a student has already studied for a qualification of an equal or higher level the College does not receive any public funding (there are some exemptions, notably teacher training qualifications). Students who think they fall into this category are advised to contact the admissions office for their programme for advice on how this might affect their tuition fees.

Funding When applying for postgraduate study it is important to consider availability of finances for both tuition fees and living costs. Sources of finance are wideranging and vary for individual students. The majority of students on taught or research programmes pay their tuition fees through private sources, whether by industrial sponsorship, borrowed money, or scholarships from agencies and charities. However, King’s administers and provides an extensive range of funding opportunities throughout the year.

Funding through King’s There are many excellent opportunities to help fund your postgraduate studies at King’s. The King’s Graduate School offers a package of 100-plus postgraduate studentships and bursaries. The College website is regularly updated via the funding web pages with studentships and other funding opportunities that become available centrally and through our Schools and

departments. Some of this funding may be one-off studentships at either master’s or research level, and may be tied to a project or programme funded by a Research Council or other major funding body, or may be aimed at students from specific countries. For details of all funding opportunities available across the College please search our funding web pages at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

Other sources of financial support Research Councils The principal sources of funding (UK/EU students only) are: • Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC, www.ahrc.ac.uk) • Biotechnology & Biological Sciences Research Council (BBSRC, www.bbsrc.ac.uk) • Economic & Social Research Council (ESRC, www.esrcsocietytoday.ac.uk) • Engineering & Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC, www.epsrc.ac.uk) • Medical Research Council (MRC, www.mrc.ac.uk) • Natural Environment Research Council (NERC, www.nerc.ac.uk) • Science & Technology Facilities Council (STFC, www.scitech.ac.uk) Awards can be available for both taught programmes and research.

‘I was awarded the Overseas Research Students Awards Scholarship and the King’s Postgraduate student awards. These awards cover my tuition fees for the course of the three years. This has helped me considerably as I am an international student.’ Alinda Fernandes Genetics & Molecular Medicine MPhil/PhD

www.kcl.ac.uk

Applications are usually made through the College. Programmes with funding are listed on our funding website database and on our online prospectus.

Other sources of funding for overseas fee status students If you are a student who requires a student visa to study in the UK you must have sufficient funds to cover both fees and maintenance (for both yourself and any dependants in the UK) for your study. This is a condition of your student visa (more information can be found by contacting the College’s Student Advice and International Student Support Service, www.kcl.ac.uk/advice). Sources of finance for overseas students may include: funding by your government or sponsorship by your employer; private sources – a student’s own savings or funds borrowed from family; scholarships and bursaries offered by private agencies and charities. Contact your nearest British Council Office or education department. Additionally, some students obtain funding through scholarships and funding provided by the British Government.

Other sources of funding for home fee status students Some of the possible sources of funding for students of home fee status are: private sources; part-time work; the support of their employer; scholarships

and bursaries offered by private agencies and charities; and loans. Student loans are not available for postgraduate students, but preferential rates may be obtained through some professional organisations, eg the Law Society. Career Development Loans are available for vocational programmes. Please see www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding. Availability of such loans for EU students depends on an individual’s circumstances.

Hardship funds The following funds are for students who have unexpected financial difficulties after joining the College. These funds are limited and therefore it is not possible to guarantee that all cases of hardship can be addressed. Access to Learning Fund

This fund is available for distribution to those students who can demonstrate their financial hardship with documentary evidence. Full-time and some parttime postgraduate ‘home’ registered students can apply. Please note that the Access to Learning Fund cannot be used to assist students to pay their tuition fees. International Hardship Fund

The College has established a hardship fund to which international and EU fee status students can apply. Applications are accepted from those students who encounter unexpected financial hardship after joining their course of study. Contact the Student

Funding Office for further details (funding@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/funding).

Choral and organ scholarships The College offers about nine choral scholarships and one organ scholarship each year to students from all departments, each currently worth £350 (auditions are held between January and March). Please contact David Trendell, College Organist, for more details at david.trendell@kcl.ac.uk

Finance Living expenses Your living expenses will depend on your commitments (eg if you have children) and the lifestyle that you have. King’s provides more detailed guidance about costs and planning your money during the application process but for further guidance you can visit the following websites: www.studentcalculator.org.uk or especially for international students go to the Living in the UK section at www.educationuk.org

International students All students requiring a visa to study in the UK are required by the UK Border Agency to demonstrate that they have access to at least £800 per calendar month to cover living costs. We therefore advise all EU/ overseas students to budget this amount as a minimum. It is your responsibility to ensure that you have sufficient funds to cover all your expenses once you arrive.

Paid work Many students take up paid work during vacation periods and/or work part-time during the academic year. King’s Careers Service advertises vacancies via their online jobs database JobOnline, and provides support throughout the job hunting process from CV writing to interview technique. A wide range of work is available in the Students’ Union. Other departments of the College also offer work opportunities. The British government has introduced legislation to make it easier for international students to gain part-time employment. Unless your visa specifically prohibits you from working, you should be permitted to work up to 20 hours per week in term-time and full-time during your official College vacations. In the case of programmes that include a work placement, this will normally be extended. The majority of international students who have successfully completed and obtained an undergraduate or postgraduate degree or a PhD in the UK can apply to be allowed to work for up to two years after completion of their studies. More information can be found by contacting the College’s Student Advice and International Student Support Service www.kcl.ac.uk/advice

NEED TO KNOW

Accommodation King’s offers a range of accommodation options and advice about renting privately. Wherever you decide to live, you’ll be part of a thriving London-based student community.

Great Dover Street Apartments

A limited number of places in King’s, Liberty Living and university residences are available to postgraduate students although priority is given to new international students who have never lived or studied in the UK before and who apply before the deadline. Most postgraduates with a home address in the UK will find accommodation in the private sector. The College’s Accommodation Services are open to personal callers 09.45 -16.00 on weekdays (excluding Thursdays and College closure days); telephone calls are accepted 09.30-17.00.

Applicants should use the online accommodation application facilities. Full details will be provided with your offer of an academic place.

College, Liberty Living and University accommodation Prospective full-time postgraduates can apply to live in a designated King’s, University of London intercollegiate hall or nominated residence such as Liberty House which is owned and managed by Liberty Living. The King’s College accommodation provision includes a number of places in liaison with Liberty Living, a private accommodation provider for students who work with a range of universities across the UK. Liberty House – St John Street was one of the company’s first developments in London and features accommodation in single studios. If you are offered a place on one of our programmes you will be able to view the My accommodation brochure online which provides full details of how to apply. There is a variety of accommodation on offer, including catered and self-catered, en-suite apartments, studios and traditional halls. Lillian Penson Hall and the Rectory are reserved for postgraduate and mature students only. There is accommodation at the College and intercollegiate residences for couples; families with children may apply directly to International Hall which is one of the intercollegiate residences. Students are strongly advised not to bring dependants with them to London until they have found

Hampstead Residence

somewhere suitable for them to live. For current details of the accommodation, please check our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/accomm

International students The College recognises how important it is for international students to secure accommodation; therefore priority is given to those who have not lived or studied in the UK before. Those who apply by 30 June and are holding an unconditional firm offer with King’s will be included in the first round of allocations. Postgraduates attending the College on a non-degree/ exchange programme may also apply. Although, at times of high demand, European exchange students who may be visiting the College for up to one year will have lower priority.

Privately rented accommodation Most students will live in privately rented accommodation at some time during their studies and this provides a great opportunity to gain experience of living in London. London offers an enormous range of accommodation; you will need to think about the options and plan well in advance, but finding a place to live outside the College/University residences need not be a daunting task.

King’s College Hall

‘I live in Intercollegiate Halls in Bloomsbury, not far from the Strand Campus, and it couldn’t be easier to find a good place to study. The Maughan Library, Senate House Library, and The British Library are all within walking distance. The King’s accommodation booklet I read before coming to London was very useful. I was able to fully weigh all my options with King’s accommodation and intercollegiate accommodation.’ Ward Abel Spanish & Spanish American Studies MA

www.kcl.ac.uk

Stamford Street Apartments

Here are a few pointers:

• General guidance: The London Student Housing Guide is produced by the University of London Housing Services and is packed full of useful information and helpful tips. Their website also offers helpful guidance on a number of housing related topics and issues (www.housing.london.ac.uk). • Database of available properties: The University of London Housing Services manages a comprehensive database of privately let accommodation. The database is password protected; the password is available from the King’s Accommodation Services or the University of London Housing Services by clearly identifying yourself as a prospective student of the College. • Useful talks: During the spring and summer, the College and University of London arrange a number of useful talks for students who are planning to look for accommodation in the private rented sector; for further details on dates and venues, please visit the Accommodation Services web pages for regular updates www.kcl.ac.uk/accomm • Independent hostels and private halls: See www.ish.org. uk for more information. Lists of hostels and information on private halls are also available from the College or University Accommodation Services.

The Rectory

The University of London Housing Services website also provideds comprehensive details of independent hostels and private halls with approximate costs and links to their websites. See www.housing.london.ac.uk • London also has a number of private halls which are not linked to a particular college or university and are provided for students; often slightly more expensive, these halls are generally built to a high standard and can offer an opportunity to live with a diverse range of young people. • Finding someone to share with: The University of London Housing Services also holds a list of students who wish to share a house or flat with other students, outside the College or University accommodation. • Temporary summer and interview accommodation: A place in a College residence is usually available during the summer vacation if you need a base to look for somewhere to live and/or if attending an interview at King’s (contact King’s Conference and Timetabling Services). • Good planning will help prevent difficulties: The London Student Housing Guide provides lots of advice on what to do when you have found somewhere to live to ensure things don’t go wrong.

Wolfson House

For further information • College Accommodation Services: King’s College London, Strand Campus, London WC2R 2LS, tel 020 7848 2759, fax 020 7848 2724. • University of London Housing Services, Fourth Floor, ULU Building, Malet Street, London WC1E 7HY, tel 020 7862 8880. • King’s Conference and Timetabling Services (for temporary accommodation during the summer vacation), tel 020 7848 1700, fax 020 7848 1717. • Prospective students can also contact our Student Advice & International Student support team for advice (see page 29).

Example accommodation costs Type of residence rent range:

(Based on 2010-11 costs, 40 week let). Self-catered residences/ apartments

£3,908.80 single room £5,776.40 single en-suite Catered residences

£4,659.20 single room £7,442.00 single en-suite Liberty studios

From £9,200 to £10,000 single studio

Liberty Living

excellence NEED TO KNOW

King’s campuses King’s is at the heart of London: one of the world’s most exciting cities. With four Thames-side campuses between the Houses of Parliament and London Bridge, King’s is London’s most central university.

guy’s campus

Guy’s Campus School of Biomedical Sciences (also at Waterloo), Dental Institute, School of Medicine, some teaching in the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Location

What’s on site?

Close to London Bridge on the south bank of the Thames, next to Guy’s Hospital, this is a fashionable area, with many bars, restaurants, markets and creative businesses. Nearby are two halls of residence (Great Dover Street Apartments and Wolfson House), Hay’s Galleria and Borough Market, as well as Southwark Cathedral, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre and Tate Modern.

Guy’s Campus is a mix of old and new, from atmospheric colonnades to the remodelled and refurbished students’ union and New Hunt’s House, opened in 2000, with its state-of-the-art lecture theatres, seminar rooms, library, laboratories and IT services. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find:

Wolfson House

LA NE

E RE ST RD BA TA T

AD RO

T EE STR

TABARD GARDENS W LA

Great Dover Street Apartments

DR U

BRID GE R OAD

S GE IMA GR L I P

WESTON ST

T ST

RP HA

ER DOV AT

GH OU

THA

SNOWSFIE S LD

LON G

ST RE ET

REET Y ST DSE MON

E GR

R BO

GH HI

N ST

LONDON BRIDGE

RIV

BER

D AR TAB

BOROUGH

GREAT MA ZE P ON D R D

NE WC OM E

A RO LSE A AD

ROW

UNIO N ST

RS H

CROSBY

Guy’s Campus

ST TH OM AS

TOO LEY

TOW ER

SOUT HWARK STREET

ABBEY ST

OL DK EN TR

• KCLSU Student Centre (information and advice, student activity membership, academic advice, NUS Extra cards, events tickets) • Guy’s Bar (bar, coffee and food throughout the day) • Refectory • Student Advice & International Student Support • Chapel and chaplaincy • Gym and swimming pool • Information Services Centre incorporating library, IT and study facilities • Keats Room and Wills Library • Gordon Pathology Museum • Museum of Life Sciences • Graduate Lounge (social space for postgraduate students).

‘I am based at Guy’s Campus. Its proximity to London Bridge station makes life easier in terms of travel. The student discounts in the cafés and restaurants on campus are reasonable. Having access to the different King’s libraries across London is a great advantage. OneSpace and the online Global Desktop are useful tools when studying from home, and the graduate lounge is a valued retreat when on campus.’ Amanda Wall Pain: Science & Society MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

strand campus

Strand Campus School of Arts & Humanities, School of Law, School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences, School of Social Science & Public Policy (also at Waterloo)

Location

What’s on site?

Most buildings directly overlook the Thames, midway between the Houses of Parliament and St Paul’s Cathedral, next door to Somerset House, almost opposite the Royal Courts of Justice. Within five minutes’ walk of the Strand are Covent Garden, many West End theatres, and Trafalgar Square, home to the National Gallery and the National Portrait Gallery.

An historic site, originally opened in 1831, the Strand has seen the first phase of a major redevelopment, restoring many of the original elegant features and creating new and improved teaching and social space. A short walk away is King’s magnificent Maughan Library, one of London’s most distinguished Victorian buildings, formerly the Public Record Office. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find:

• KCLSU Student Centre (information and advice, student activity membership, NUS Extra cards, events tickets) • The Compass: purpose-built student centre providing enquiry and support services to students, as well as facilitating access to specialist support • Maughan Library & Information Services Centre at Chancery Lane incorporating library, IT and study facilities, with dedicated work space for postgraduates • Careers Office • The Waterfront (bar, coffee and food throughout the day) • Tutu’s (nightclub and gig venue) • Chapters café/restaurant • Accommodation Office • Counselling, Welfare and Health Clinic • Chapel and chaplaincy • English Language Centre (Drury Lane building) • Modern Language Centre and Open Learning Centre • Graduate Lounge (social space for postgraduate students) • Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Office.

‘The location of King’s Strand Campus is possibly one of the best in London. Right in the heart of the west end, it is convenient for transport and even more so for the fantastic Maughan Library. The Compass enquiry centre and one of the Students’ Union sites are also located at this campus, which makes finding out the answer to a student query or meeting friends for a drink very easy.’ Alison Clark Australian Studies MPhil/PhD

excellence NEED TO KNOW

King’s campuses

waterloo campus

Waterloo Campus School of Biomedical Sciences (also at Guy’s), School of Nursing & Midwifery, School of Social Science & Public Policy (also at Strand), LonDEC (London Dental Education Centre), part of the Dental Institute

Location

What’s on site?

This campus is next to London’s South Bank arts and cultural quarter which includes the National Film Theatre and BFI Southbank, the Royal Festival Hall, the Hayward Gallery and the Royal National Theatre. Three minutes’ walk away is Waterloo Station. Just down the road the Young Vic and Old Vic theatres add to the choice of theatre venues in this part of London.

Waterloo Campus has three main buildings, across the road from each other. The FranklinWilkins Building is one of London’s largest university buildings and was completely refurbished and opened in 2000. Over the road are the Stamford Street Apartments, with en-suite accommodation for over 550 students, while the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery, the Principal and College administration are based

YOR K R D

ST MIN ST ER

PA LA CE

SOUTHWARK

BRIDGE RD

The Rectory

H BET

Brian Creamer House

ST GE OR GE ’S RD D A RO

LAM

• Kinetic Fitness Club • Café and bar

OO K

D RI

• Chaplaincy • Student Funding Office • Disability & Dyslexia Support Service • Stamford Street Apartments • Graduate Lounge (social space for postgraduate students) • Academic Services, including Examinations and Student Registration Offices.

LAMBETH NORTH

TON NING

NK MILLBA

ST SHAM

LAMB ETH

UT E C TH

KEN

MA R

BRIDGE

Waterloo Campus AD RO

BRIDGE

LAMBETH HORSEFERRY RD

WATERLOO

WESTMINSTER

St Thomas’ Campus

STA

D ST OR MF

OO RL

HOUSES OF PARLIAMENT

ROYAL FESTIVAL HALL

TE WA

LL TEHA WHI

GUAR DS RD HORSE

WESTMINSTER

Stamford Street Apartments

SOUTH BANK COMPLEX

BLACKFRIARS ROAD

EMBANKMENT

• KCLSU Student Centre (information and advice, student activity membership, academic advice, NUS Extra cards, events tickets)

• Information Services Centre incorporating library, IT and study facilities, with a dedicated Graduate Zone

S A M E T H

VICTORIA E MBAN KME NT R I V E R

ND RA ST

OO RL TE E WA IDG BR

CHARING CROSS

in the James Clerk Maxwell Building. The Graduate School offices are based on the Waterloo Campus, in the Waterloo Bridge Wing of the Franklin-Wilkins Building. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find:

‘All of the College’s campuses are centrally located, each of them having their own charm. I was based in the Franklin-Wilkins Building on the Waterloo Campus. I also spent a lot of time at the Strand Campus and the Maughan Library, which are located just a short walk away.’ Yana Strizhevskaya International Marketing MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

st thomas’ campus

king’s denmark hill campus

St Thomas’ & King’s Denmark Hill campuses Institute of Psychiatry (Denmark Hill), some programmes and teaching in the School of Medicine (St Thomas’ and Denmark Hill), Dental Institute (Denmark Hill), School of Biomedical Sciences (St Thomas’)

overlooks the Thames opposite the Houses of Parliament. The Rectory and Brian Creamer House halls are located nearby.

Location These campuses provide contrasting environments for King’s medical and dental students. King’s Denmark Hill Campus (a few minutes’ walk from Denmark Hill station) in south London is close to the Dulwich Picture Gallery (the oldest purpose-built public art gallery in England), the Horniman Museum and Crystal Palace National Sports Centre, an international venue for athletics meetings. The St Thomas’ Campus

NE LA OU R

STATION RK N PA MPIO A H C

HILL

DEN MAR K

FER N

HIL

AD RO

King’s College Hall

N PIO AM CH

ILL

King’s Denmark Hill Campus

AD RO

NH PIO AM CH

minutes’ walk along the river from the Waterloo Campus. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find:

Denmark Hill: • On-call student residences building for students on medical rotation • Student access to the King’s College Hospital staff bar and social club • Student/staff refectory with patio and garden quadrangle area • Information Services Centre incorporating library, IT and study facilities including a coffee lounge

ILL

CAMPUS INVESTMENT King’s massive investment in its estate (over £550 million in the last decade) has reached a new stage with the College’s acquisition in 2009 of the East Wing of Somerset House, as an extension to the Strand Campus. This will give the College access to one of London’s most beautiful and iconic buildings and provide stylish new accommodation for the King’s School of Law, space for arts and cultural activities and continuing education, and a learning centre. King’s will work together with the Somerset House Trust to create a new cultural hub for Londoners in a building which will bridge the worlds of higher education, policy and the arts.

• Graduate Lounge (social space for postgraduate students).

Viewing the campuses

St Thomas’:

There are a number of open days and events throughout the year that provide an opportunity to visit the College, view the facilities and meet with academics. Information on open days, events and self-guided tours can be found on our website: www.kcl.ac.uk/graduate/visit Alternatively, you can contact individual Schools’ offices to find out when you can visit the relevant department.

• Information Services Centre, including library and IT services. See map on page 26 for St Thomas’ Campus.

Maudsley Hospital

RUSKIN PA R K

ANE VE L

RD ER SEM BES

GRO

Dental Institute

HILL

King’s College Hospital

K MAR DEN

Weston Education Centre

K PAR

Y PIGN Institute of RES DE C Psychiatry LK WA R DSO WIN DENMARK HILL

D TR

BE OM

The Weston Education Centre, which opened in 1997, and the world-renowned Institute of Psychiatry are at Denmark Hill. King’s College Hall is a short walk away. On site at St Thomas’ is a museum dedicated to Florence Nightingale, founder of the School of Nursing & Midwifery now at King’s. St Thomas’ is five

O DEC

Rayne Institute C CUT

What’s on site?

CAL

Sir James Black Centre

CO LD

excellence NEED TO KNOW

Facilities & services At King’s, you will enjoy a comprehensive range of facilities and services to help support your studies and make the most of your time at the College.

the compass

The Compass The Compass is a purpose-built student centre providing enquiry and support services to all students. It also offers a comfortable study space for students to study in quietly between lectures. The Compass team will answer any enquiry relating to the student’s living experience and can provide students with standard documentation, including student status letters and replacement ID cards. Students can also access the service remotely 24 hours a day by logging into Compass Online, which has a databank of frequently asked questions and a document request facility. When students require more specialised support Compass staff liaise with colleagues across the College and make referrals where necessary. The Compass also hosts drop-in sessions with specialised student support teams on a regular basis. Students can contact The Compass in person, by email (thecompass@kcl.ac.uk), by telephone (020 7848 7070) or through Compass Online, via OneSpace. For further information please visit www.kcl.ac.uk/thecompass

Information resources and services Information Services & Systems (ISS) provides IT and information services to enable access to an extensive range of tools and research and teaching resources.

ISS manages all Information Services Centres (ISCs) and libraries, archives and special collections across the College’s five campuses and provides access to the key services and resources that support research and learning. These include: • A huge multidisciplinary print and electronic information resource base that includes over two million books and thousands of journals. • An extensive portfolio of remotely accessible electronic resources: bibliographic and full text databases, electronic journals, international library catalogues, internet resource discovery tools, subject gateways, data sets, multimedia resources, e-books and online research support services. • Individual and group study spaces. • Help desks where qualified staff can offer advice and assistance. • Print and electronic document delivery services. • A network of over 1,600 student PC workstations with access to software, email, internet resources, printing, data storage and remote login facilities. Some computer rooms are open 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Internet and PC access, including wireless, is available at all College residences. • Access to specialist departmental software and personal files from any PC/ laptop with an internet/ wireless connection via the Access King’s global desktop.

• Software advice and distribution services, including discounted software deals. • Access to a team of subject information specialists. • Excellent information retrieval and IT training opportunities, including free programmes and consultancy services. ISS provides research support for postgraduate students – visit the research section on OneSpace – the College intranet for students and staff – or contact your subject information specialist. Postgraduate students also have access to the wealth of specialist libraries, archives and collections in and around London, including the University of London and the British Library. You can find out more about the Information Services & Systems directorate on our website www.kcl.ac.uk/iss. For a comprehensive list of the services ISS offers, download the booklet ISS for…Postgraduates from the ISS webpages.

Careers service King’s graduates have demonstrable success in the labour market, and all departments at King’s have good employment records. The high employment rates achieved by King’s graduates are a tribute to the strength of our Careers Service as well as the quality of our students. Postgraduate students have a dedicated careers adviser. In addition to the activities of information, advice and guidance,

‘King’s facilities such as the academic libraries, IT services and extensive dedicated student support services are world-class. During the autumn term, I attended a number of free short courses offered by the English Language Centre. Following this training, my study and academic writing skills have greatly improved.’ George Kyaboona Environment & Development MA/MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk

this adviser also works as part of the Researcher Development Unit, delivering training programmes to assist postgraduate research students in developing their personal, professional and career development skills. These programmes provide important opportunities for postgraduate research students to meet each other and to share experiences as well as to develop the skills set out in the national Researcher Development Framework, endorsed by the Research Councils and Vitae. Other services available to all postgraduates include: Connections (a database of former students who can be contacted for advice about their field of work); careers counselling; an information library with a wide range of information about careers, employment and further study in the UK and overseas; computeraided careers guidance; and takeaway resources. King’s Careers Service is also part of The Careers Group, the biggest careers service in the country, which organises major events to give students privileged access to an even broader range of opportunities. For more information, contact King’s Careers Service by email on careers@kcl. ac.uk (www.kcl.ac.uk/careers).

Student advice, international student support and counselling Student Advisers support students (current and prospective; home and international) across all campuses, offering free and confidential

advice. They have expertise in a range of subjects including immigration, finance, welfare benefits, housing rights, legal issues and many other practical matters. Advisers are experienced in helping international students with specific concerns relating to matters such as their immigration status, dependants and employment in the UK both during and after their studies. For further information and contact details, please visit www.kcl.ac.uk/advice The Academic Adviser in the Students’ Union is available to help with academic issues such as exam results, disciplinary hearings and mitigating circumstances. Confidential counselling on personal problems is offered through the Student Counselling Service. The team includes professionally trained counsellors, psychologists, psychotherapists, group analysts and a consultant psychiatrist.

Health and dental care King’s has a comprehensive Student Health Centre at the Strand Campus. This is a National Health Service (NHS) General Practice service run by nurses and doctors. Full- and part-time students are entitled to NHS healthcare. For international students, full access to the NHS is available if you are following a programme lasting more than six months, but if your country does not have a reciprocal health agreement with the UK, it is essential that you take out health

insurance. Dental care is available at two sites associated with the College’s Dental Institute. Student dentists give free supervised treatment to suitable cases as part of their training.

Students with disabilities There is a wide range of support available for students with disabilities or specific learning difficulties such as dyslexia or dyspraxia. Students with disabilities from the UK can apply for funding towards extra disability-related costs they may incur on their programme. Eligibility rules differ depending on the funding body. Overall, the Disabled Students’ Allowance (DSA), or its equivalent, is available for full- and part-time students incurring disability-related costs. There is a dedicated King’s fund for international and EU students with disabilities. Parttime students are eligible only if their programme is at least 50 per cent of the full-time equivalent. In addition, King’s can provide dyslexia workshops, assistive software, dedicated ISS facilities, one-to-one tuition, advice and guidance. For more information or a copy of the College’s Disability and Dyslexia Guide contact the Disability and Dyslexia Service, tel 020 7848 3398, or email disability@kcl.ac.uk

Religious provision and pastoral care The Dean of the College, the Reverend Professor Richard Burridge, is responsible for ensuring that the religious and spiritual aims of the College are met. The major world faiths are represented, and the rights and views of students of all beliefs and backgrounds are fully respected. Provision is made for people to practise their faith; the College has two chapels, one at the Strand Campus and one at Guy’s Campus, in which prayers are held daily and the internationally known Chapel Choir sing. There is also a quiet room at the Waterloo Campus, and all three are open to everyone for private prayers and reflection. There are also dedicated Muslim prayer rooms on the main campuses. The Dean and the Chaplaincy are part of the College’s pastoral provision. Details of the chaplains, chapel services and other activities are available at www.kcl.ac.uk/chaplaincy. The Rabbi to Jewish students in London works with the Chaplaincy, and visits King’s regularly. There are also religious student societies. For more information contact the Dean’s Office on 020 7848 2333 or dean@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/dean

excellence NEED TO KNOW

Applying to King’s You can apply online for our postgraduate programmes. Before completing our application form, please check the application procedure for your particular programme on our online prospectus.

Online application Our online postgraduate application form makes applying easier and quicker for you, and means we can receive your application faster and more securely. Your referees can also use our online ‘Referee Portal’ to submit your references. To complete the online application form, please see our website, where full instructions are given. We do not normally accept paper applications, however, if you are unable to access or complete our online application form please contact the relevant Admissions Office at King’s for assistance. Before completing our online application form, please check the application procedure and deadlines for your particular programme on our online prospectus www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus We aim to fulfil the response times listed in the programme entries, but cannot do so if applications are incomplete.

Online portal Applicants to King’s now have access to a new applicant online portal called ‘myApplication’. This allows you to track the status of your application, view information on King’s, and respond to an offer of a place all via your own King’s web page.

Qualifying for King’s King’s welcomes students with a range of qualifications from all over the world. Entry requirements vary for each programme of study, and the minimum requirements for entry are included within each programme listing. You should make sure that you fulfil all the entrance requirements for the programme to which you are applying, including English language requirements if relevant. Please note that competition for places on some programmes is extremely high, and that the minimum requirement given may not be sufficient to secure an offer. Please check the details given for your programme of interest and if you are unsure about what is required, contact the relevant office. Depending on your subject, there may be additional requirements for entry onto our programmes. These could include occupational health, Criminal Records Bureau or Academic Technology Approval Scheme (ATAS) clearance. ATAS applies to students who require Entry Clearance to study in the UK, and are intending to undertake study in certain science, engineering or technology subjects (please see our website or visit www.fco.gov.uk for more details).

Research degrees There are three main routes for entry to a research degree: In the sciences and health sciences, supervisors usually devise projects, win funding for them and then advertise them. In this case you should contact the named individual advertising the project, copying your correspondence to the relevant Admissions Office. In the arts, humanities and social sciences you are often expected to devise your own research project. This is best done in conjunction with a potential supervisor so you should ensure that staff at King’s are undertaking research in the field that interests you. You can do this by viewing potential supervisors on our website where you will find a ‘staff & groups’ tab within each research entry on our online prospectus www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus. If you are sure they are the right person to supervise you, contact them direct, copying your correspondence to the relevant Admissions Office. If you need help in devising a research project but are unsure who might be the best person to supervise it, then contact the Admissions Office, explaining your broad area of interest and give them the names of people who you think might be potential supervisors. They will then contact the relevant department, seek advice and put you in touch with the most relevant supervisor.

For all three routes, and having identified a project and a supervisor, you should then submit a formal application via our online application form (see Online Application section).

Students with disabilities We welcome applications from students with disabilities and/ or special needs. Disclosing a health condition, specific learning difficulty or disability will not affect the academic assessment of any application. It is helpful to know about the nature of any disability so we can seek to address students’ specific needs and ascertain whether facilities are available. Students with disabilities are asked to complete the relevant sections of the application form, and are encouraged to contact the Disability Adviser in the relevant School prior to applying to seek advice, and ideally pay an information visit. This will enable you to make a personal and realistic assessment of facilities and provision in relation to your disability, so you can decide whether the College provides you with a suitable environment in which to study. Departments may be able to provide: special seating, handouts and book lists in advance, extended book loans, rearranged timetables, extra time for examinations, and consideration with coursework. Additional funding is available to home and international students with disabilities to assist and support their learning while

www.kcl.ac.uk

at King’s. For more information see the College’s Disability and Dyslexia Guide www.kcl.ac.uk/disability The Disability & Dyslexia Service (tel 020 7848 3398, disability@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/disability) provides information and advice on the breadth of disability and dyslexia issues. The service has a number of useful web pages providing up-to-date information on College support, funding opportunities, and study skills sessions.

The English Language Centre (ELC) The ELC offers a number of programmes to help students reach their required language and academic skills level for entry onto our postgraduate programmes. Successful completion of an ELC programme

Title of English language qualification

at the required level fulfils any linguistic entry condition. Premaster’s programmes available include the two-year international master’s programmes, which guarantee conditional offers for your chosen master’s and are run in collaboration with King’s Schools. These programmes form the first year of your two-year master’s degree and are currently available for a range of master’s programmes in Social Science & Public Policy (see page 112), Arts & Humanities (see page 41) and Biomedical Sciences (see page 55). More pathways are being added so see our website for the latest information. A general pre-master’s programme is also available, with September and January entry points, aimed at those areas not covered by the two-year programmes. Summer pre-sessional programmes are available for those who already hold conditional degree offers

but whose English is not yet at the required entry level. These programmes run throughout the summer, have different English language entry points and help you achieve the language and skills levels required for postgraduate entry. Students holding unconditional offers are also welcome to apply for the short pre-sessional. The table below shows the minimum entry requirements for our postgraduate programmes. King’s accepts a range of English language qualifications; IELTS and TOEFL scores are given as an example, but full details of alternative qualifications can be found on our website. For entry onto any of the English Language Centre programmes outlined above, please refer to details given on their website www.kcl.ac.uk/elc. Even if you meet the minimum standards listed in the table, you are still

welcome to apply for an English language course as they help you improve your English language and study skills and get used to your new academic and social environment. Once you start your degree, the ELC offers free part-time in-sessional and study skills courses throughout the academic year. These courses are designed to support you further in your studies and are open to all students, including native speakers. The Centre also offers advanced English language courses for students wishing to sit the Cambridge Proficiency or Cambridge Advanced Examinations or to improve their linguistic skills further. Tel +44 (0)20 7848 1600, elc@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/elc

King’s School/department (please check which School/department offers your programme of interest)

Natural & Mathematical Sciences (excluding Computing and MSc in IT, Law & Management), Nursing & Midwifery

Biomedical Sciences, Dentistry, Medicine, Psychiatry, Computing and MSc in IT, Law & Management

Arts & Humanities

Social Science & Public Policy (not Gerontology, Management)

Law, Management, Gerontology

IELTS

6.5 overall; minimum of 5.5 in all skills (minimum 6.0 in all skills for Nursing & Midwifery)

7.0 overall; minimum of 6.0 in all skills

7.0 overall; minimum 6.5 in Writing & Reading, 6.0 in Listening & Speaking

7.0 overall; minimum of 7.0 in Writing & Reading, 6.5 in Listening & Speaking

7.0 overall; minimum of 7.0 in all four skills

TOEFL (PBT/IBT)

580 + 4.0 TWE/93 + minimum 18 in all skills 580 + 5.0 TWE/93 + minimum 20 in each skill for Nursing & Midwifery

603 + 5.0 TWE/100 + minimum 20 in all skills

603 + 5.0 TWE/100 + minimum 22 in Writing & Reading, 20 in Listening & Speaking

603 + 5.0 TWE/100 + minimum 24 in Writing & Reading, 22 in Listening & Speaking

603 + 5.0 TWE/100 + minimum 24 in all skills

excellence

Schools Arts & Sciences Cross-School Initiatives

Arts & Humanities

Biomedical Sciences

Dental Institute

Law

Medicine

Natural & Mathematical Sciences

Nursing & Midwifery

Institute of Psychiatry

Social Science & Public Policy

106

Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Learning Institute

120

English Language Centre

121

www.kcl.ac.uk

Arts & Sciences Cross-School Initiatives Cross-School Initiatives draw on the benefits of crossing academic boundaries and collaborative working, bringing together teaching from a number of King’s Schools. In addition to the initiatives highlighted below, King’s also has a Brazil Institute and an India Institute providing focal points for related activities across a range of academic disciplines. The China Institute, founded in 2008, provides a focal point for China-related activities across a range of academic disciplines. Promoting an understanding of China that fully recognises its role as a global power, the Institute coordinates and develops China-related research capabilities and Chinese-focused programmes of study at King’s, while also building links with Chinese organisations in education, the cultural and creative sectors, business and government. Through these activities, and as part of the College’s broader internationalisation strategy, the Institute aims to contribute to a growing interdisciplinary interest in China among both students and academics at King’s. The MA in Contemporary British History is taught by staff within the newly formed Institute for Contemporary History, led by Professor Pat Thane, drawing on the expertise of staff within the Institute, the Department of History, the School of Law, and the Department of War Studies, in subjects such as political history, social and demographic history, economic history and international history. Research opportunities in contemporary British history are highlighted on page 38.

Funding King’s College London offers a wide range of funding opportunities for taught programmes and research degrees throughout the year for UK, EU and international students. Please check individual programme entries for more specific funding opportunities.

Facilities

Location Strand Campus Address King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS tel 020 7848 2765/2232 Email artshums-graduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/schools/arts-sciences

Programmes within the Arts & Sciences Cross-School Initiatives are based at the College’s Strand Campus, in the heart of central London. The College’s Maughan Library provides impressive teaching and learning facilities, and the China Institute, for example, has its own China Reading Room, housing an extensive collection of publications from China. Contemporary history students also have easy access to Britain’s major archives for political, economic, social and other historical research. A range of social facilities, including bars and restaurants, are provided on campus, and the College’s location in the cultural and social heart of London offers students the opportunity to explore art galleries, theatres, museums and markets.

Taught programmes China & Globalisation MSc Offers an introduction to the causes and consequences of China’s rise from comparative and global perspectives. Equips students with conceptual and research tools for the critical analysis of China’s social and economic trends, enabling understanding of Chinese public policies, business strategies and modes of international cooperation. Ideal for those with career interests related to China. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Contemporary British History MA Study contemporary British history at an advanced level in a strong research environment. Choose from a wide range of options, taught by experts in the field. The programme includes economic, social, cultural, political and diplomatic history. Leads to careers in research, journalism, the civil service, politics, teaching and finance. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research and analysis skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

excellence

School of Arts & Humanities Situated in the geographic and cultural heart of London, the School has created links with Londonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s premier cultural institutions in order to provide new perspectives on the arts and humanities.

www.kcl.ac.uk

• Staff in 13 departments in top six nationally for research judged as world-leading and internationally excellent (RAE, 2008). • Extensive module choice, small seminar classes, teaching by internationally renowned academics. • Ideally located between Parliament, the City of London and the South Bank. • Growing number of research and teaching partnerships with major London national cultural institutions including The British Library, Tate Modern, London Jazz Festival, Victoria and Albert Museum, The British Museum. • Study abroad opportunities at prestigious partner institutions.

School of ARTs & humanities

he School is situated in the geographic and cultural heart of London, and our links with the capital’s premier cultural institutions enable us to provide new perspectives on the arts and humanities. Our traditional disciplinary roots provide the bedrock of knowledge which allows us to think about interdisciplinarity in pioneering ways; for example, we are an international leader in the use of digital tools for the study of the humanities. And our deep awareness of the complexities of global cultural interaction allows us to shed new light on conflict and political instability in many different areas of the world, from Europe and Latin America to South Asia and the Middle East.

The School of Arts & Humanities has the most prestigious and diverse cluster of subjects of its kind in London, and one of the best globally. Thirteen of our departments are ranked in the top six in the UK based on the research output judged as ‘world class’ and ‘internationally excellent’, according to the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise. The Guardian Good University Guide 2009 ranked all of the School’s departments and interdisciplinary programmes in the top ten nationally. Our global and national reputation for research and teaching, and our thriving links to leading academic and cultural institutions in London and around the globe ensure that our students have excellent career prospects. Universities and employers worldwide recognise our students as individuals who are able to analyse complex problems with particular vision, clarity and creativity.

Induction & training

Location Strand Campus Address Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions King’s College London Strand Campus Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact artshums-graduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Tel 020 7848 2765/2232 Website www.kcl.ac.uk/hums

During the year, the School offers a variety of workshops including research methods, preparing studentship applications, writing skills, completing your thesis, and applying for jobs. We also provide specialist training in a wide variety of areas, from bibliography and palaeography to the most advanced aspects of information technology. Most departments offer teaching opportunities and a full programme of training and support is provided by King’s for those considering an academic career. For international students the English Language Centre provides dedicated study skills support, including courses in academic English for dissertation writing, and e-tutorials for those for whom English is not their native tongue. We also encourage our postgraduate students to improve their foreign language skills at the Modern Language Centre, one of the most distinguished of any British university. This will assist your academic work, and it also provides invaluable transferable skills. Whether you are a taught or a research student, an essential part of your experience will be your exposure to new ideas and networks provided by visiting international faculty.

Some of our students also spend time at our partner institutions, eg the National University of Singapore and Hong Kong University.

Funding Beyond the range of scholarships available through the Graduate School (see www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding), we have been particularly successful in recent years at securing awards from the Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC), through the individual studentships and through collaborative doctoral awards. Students in the School of Arts & Humanities are the main beneficiaries of the College’s successful Block Grant Partnership award of around 36 awards for doctoral and research master’s students per year for the next three years. Our international students have also been extremely successful at securing funding and at receiving distinguished scholarships from their countries of citizenship. In addition, we offer a number of humanities studentships, open to all applicants for postgraduate degrees within the School. Full details of how to apply are published annually on our website. We also offer many opportunities for students to hold teaching fellowships during their period of study.

Facilities There are dedicated postgraduate facilities at the College’s Maughan Library and Information Services Centre at Chancery Lane. The collections at the Maughan Library are particularly strong in the humanities, and these are complemented by outstanding special collections, for instance in Holocaust Studies, the history of the Cold War, and the rich collections of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office library. We provide a growing number of dedicated study and social spaces for research students within the School. With one of the country’s largest populations of research students, we do everything we can to integrate them into the wider College community both intellectually and socially, to facilitate interaction and collaboration with fellow students.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Staff Profile

Research opportunities

‘As a specialist in the study of Islam and the Muslim world, I contribute to a number of highly successful taught MA programmes which draw students from across the world thanks to the involvement of internationally renowned academics. My modules on the intellectual history of the contemporary Muslim world and ethnic and religious pluralism in Southeast Asian Societies are filling a niche in the fields of Islamic and area studies programmes not covered by other universities. Moreover, because of its location, students at King’s have access to secondto-none resources.’ Dr Carool Kersten Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies MA Middle East & Mediterranean Studies MA Religion in Contemporary Society MA

We have a large and expanding cohort of research students, and admission is highly selective. You will benefit from a wide range of subject-specific and interdisciplinary research seminars both at King’s and within the University of London. There are a growing number of joint PhD panels with faculty from our sister institutions, so you will have unique access to expertise and networks across the world. The School is currently engaged in a comprehensive improvement of postgraduate facilities, including a large networked study area exclusively for Arts & Humanities students.

American Studies Research MPhil/PhD

Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies Research MPhil/PhD

Research strengths cover a broad range of historical periods and disciplines, with staff committed to interdisciplinary explorations and contextual understanding. Publications and research interests include examinations of American art, literature and history 16th to 21st centuries; relations between poetry and trends in phenomenology and aesthetics; new ways of conceptualising queer cultural history; the incarceration of Japanese Americans in the context of race discourse and the built environment; Native and European American relations in the colonial period; visual culture and photographic theory, history, and practice; the dialectic of the section and the nation, with particular attention to constructions of the West and the South; literatures of migration, mining, extraction, and strike action; transatlantic studies and the Caribbean South; nineteenth-century discourses of the domestic, the home, and gender; the reception of twentieth-century European thought in the United States.

We offer an outstanding range of research expertise, both across disciplines and across periods, which regularly attracts good research students from across the world. Current staff interests include: Byzantine authors from late antiquity to the 12th century; Greek poetry and fiction since the 12th century; late antique and Byzantine history; Greek history in the 19th and 20th centuries; discourse analysis and sociolinguistics of modern Greek; Byzantium and the West; the late antique city, especially epigraphical evidence; Byzantine prosopography; charity and remembrance in the Palaiologan period; Byzantine architecture and material culture; the archaeology and art of medieval Cyprus.

head of programme Professor Josephine McDonagh

We pursue and supervise research across an exceptionally wide range of topics in Greek, Roman and Near Eastern history, archaeology and art, as well as Greek and Latin language, literature and thought, late antique and Byzantine studies, and reception studies. We have a strong record of attracting major research grants. Our senior staff have recently received funding from the AHRC, the British Academy and the Leverhulme Trust for projects concerning the digitisation of Greek inscriptions, the economy of Greek and Roman Egypt, freedmen in the Roman world, Classical Greek poetic style, ancient pantomime and philosophy under the Roman Empire. We work with the School of Arts & Humanities Centre for Hellenic Studies, which combines the resources of Classics and Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies in organising major public lectures by leading scholars and biennial international conferences.

Entry requirements A first class or good 2:1 BA degree and/or taught MA qualification or overseas equivalents. Degrees do not have to be in American Studies but some demonstrable knowledge of American culture, history or literature is required.

Australian Studies Research MPhil/PhD The Menzies Centre offers research degrees at MPhil and PhD levels in Australian history, politics, literature and film. We offer access to a number of libraries which together constitute the best resources on Australian subjects in Europe. These include our own Maughan Library, the Institute of Commonwealth Studies Library, which holds one of the largest collections of social science materials relating to Australia, and the extensive Australia House Collection (at the University of London’s Senate House Library). head of programme Professor Carl Bridge Entry requirements Normally an MA in an appropriate subject area and a first or 2:1 BA first degree or overseas equivalent.

head of programme Professor David Ricks Entry requirements MA (or equivalent) in a closely related subject, with a dissertation element.

Classics Research MPhil/PhD

head of programme Dr Hugh Bowden Entry requirements Normally an MA in Classics or a closely related subject and a first or 2:1 BA first degree, or overseas equivalents.

School of ARTs & humanities

Comparative Literature Research MPhil/PhD

Culture, Media & Creative Industries Research MPhil/PhD

We welcome applications from students with research interests in any area of modern or medieval and classical literature in the western European languages. Special research focuses include: the classical tradition, postcolonial literatures; and relations between modern literature and the visual arts. Current PhD topics include: embodiment in literature and theory; the temporality of touch; mythic time in the novel; metonymy in Ancient Greek and German poetry. Current staff research projects include: Theory of poetic language; prison writing; European surrealism; the tradition of melancholy, from antiquity to 1800; legacies of French theory since 1968; verse translation; religion and literature; history of the novel since antiquity; the concept of literature in the late medieval and early modern periods; the apocalypse in European literature.

The Centre for Culture, Media and Creative Industries carries out world-leading research across the fields of culture, media and the analysis of particular creative industries. Specialisms include cultural work, creative cities, visual cultures, popular culture, cultural and creative industries policy, cultural management, entrepreneurship and cultural production, cultural regeneration, cultural history, culture and identity, and inter-sectionally and culture. Our approach is international in perspective and is characterised by a productive engagement of the theoretical and empirical. We work in an inter-disciplinary mode: although we are based in the School of Arts & Humanities, much of our research has roots in the social sciences.

head of programme Professor Matthew Bell

Entry requirements A good first degree, ideally first class honours (or equivalent) and at least a 2:1. Applicants are normally expected to have a distinction at master’s degree level, in a field relevant to the proposed research. Applicants for whom English is not their first language should include test evidence of expert usage in writing, speaking and understanding English. The research proposal, and the fit with staff expertise, is the critical criterion for our assessment of an application.

Entry requirements An MA at distinction level (or equivalent) in a subject in which the study of literature plays a significant part; a good reading knowledge of one of the European languages offered in a department at King’s.

Contemporary British History MPhil/PhD

head of programme Professor Andy Pratt All enquiries to PhD Director: Dr Harvey Cohen

The Centre for Contemporary British History at King’s offers a wide range of supervisor expertise in 20th century history, including politics, economics, gender, demography and social history. Current students are researching subjects including voluntary action, the advertising industry, Britain and Northern Ireland, and representations of women in museums, taking full advantage of the rich archives available in and near London. Studying both part-time and full-time, they form a vibrant and lively student body, participating in the seminars, conferences, and events organised by the Centre including an annual research workshop at Cumberland Lodge. There is also a regular student-led reading group. In addition, students also enjoy membership of the Department of History at King’s, and benefit from its events and activities, including the department’s Research Seminar series, as well as the expertise of its academic staff. The Centre has two collaborative doctoral programmes with the British Postal Museum and Archive and the Rothschild Archive.

Digital Humanities Research MPhil/PhD

head of programme Professor Richard Roberts (Director, Centre for Contemporary British History)

head of programme Professor Harold Short; Director of Research, Professor Willard McCarty.

Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent and an MA in a related subject. This need not be history but students without history degrees will be expected to show the advanced skills of analysis and historical research which their potential supervisor considers necessary.

Entry requirements An MA degree in the humanities or social sciences, with a mark of Distinction or high Merit, or an overseas equivalent. Applicants must demonstrate mastery of the academic background deemed relevant to the research proposed.

Research is methodological, interdisciplinary, and collaboratively supervised. It focuses on the intersection of digital tools and methods with one or more artefacts or processes studied in the humanities or interpretative social sciences. It varies in emphasis on practical, experimental and theoretical work. Modelling may be used to raise the epistemological question (how we know what we somehow know), to explore implications of evidence too abundant, fragmentary, elusive or complex for other approaches or to develop entirely new views of a subject. Theoretical models may be developed for poorly understood or emergent digital phenomena. Examples include reconstruction of historical persons from scattered evidence; imagining of diasporic communities online; modelling of literary context; exploration of the relationship between verbal description and visual representation; or formation of identity in online games.

English Research MPhil/PhD or option to study joint PhD with Hong Kong University/National University of Singapore King’s is a vibrant critical environment within which to undertake literary, critical and performance studies in English, across all historical periods. We have long established strengths in the study of literature in sociocultural contexts, in addition to international expertise in such areas as: Anglo-Saxon and medieval studies; Shakespearean studies; theatre and performance; gender and sexuality; the theory and practice of biography, letter-writing and life-writing; postcolonialism; Irish studies; the fin de siècle; literature and visual cultures; Modernism; literature and media; literature and medicine; American studies. head of programme Professor Josephine McDonagh Entry requirements First class honours first degree or MA in English. Those applying for a joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

European Studies Research MPhil/PhD We offer research supervision for MPhil and PhD dissertations on a variety of areas within European Studies. Specialisations include European and national identities; Europeanisation; European and national political thought; EU foreign and security policy; democratisation and state-building; modern social theory; contemporary European and world history; globalisation; international political economy; migration; social movements; the politics of culture. head of programme Dr Jim Wolfreys Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA or equivalent and an MA in a relevant subject area.

Film Studies Research MPhil/PhD The Film Studies Department is the leading centre for the study of cinema in London, a position it has consolidated through recent appointments and our unique facilities for film research. We have research strengths in three major areas: European cinema, cultural approaches to film studies, and film theory. Staff publications and research encompass national cinemas together with popular European genres and stars, art cinema, documentary and the avant-garde. Cultural approaches to film studies extend to a wider range of films (American and Asian as well as European), including the representation of the city, national and

www.kcl.ac.uk

transnational identity in film, popular Asian cinema, gender and ethnicity, the relationship between film and new media and special effects. Work in the area of film theory addresses the relationship between film studies and other disciplines, such as philosophy, psychoanalysis, geography, music and art history.

head of programme Professor Robert Weninger

head of programme Dr Sarah Cooper

History Research MPhil/PhD or option to study joint PhD with Hong Kong University/National University of Singapore

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent and an MA. A degree in film studies, or a subject in which film or media plays a significant part, is an advantage, although candidates from other disciplines and those returning to study will be considered on their own merits.

French Research MPhil/PhD Ranked second nationally in the Research Assessment Exercise 2008, our department offers research strengths in all periods of French literature, modern French history and politics, Francophone literature and French thought. There are several active research seminars and reading groups in which staff and research students participate. We provide training and individual guidance on research methods, writing research proposals, applying for funding and presenting research papers. In conjunction with the Modern Language Centre, we recently established a pioneering programme of specialist training in advanced French language and pedagogy for postgraduate students, to help them prepare to teach French at university level and to publish their research in French. Current students are working on topics across the whole range of French literary studies, and many of our recent PhD graduates have gone on successfully to academic posts or post-doctoral fellowships. head of programme Dr Johanna Malt Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in French or in a combined honours degree including French, followed by a taught master’s degree. Applications from candidates with other qualifications may be considered if relevant experience or equivalent qualifications can be demonstrated.

German Research MPhil/PhD Our current PhD students are working mainly in the areas of literary studies, from the Middle Ages to the present day, historical and contemporary linguistics, and the history of ideas, but the department has internationally recognised strengths in most areas. Applications are also invited from students wishing to pursue doctoral research on German constitutional history and theory. The department provides an important focus for research on the Imperial Constitution, the Weimar Constitution, the Basic Law of the Federal Republic, and other relevant legal-political issues. Research in German Linguistics can be conducted at MA, MPhil or PhD level.

Entry requirements Normally a first or 2:1 first degree in German or a relevant subject and preferably also a taught MA programme. Students applying from Germany would be expected to have completed six semesters of study.

The Department of History has a long and distinguished tradition in world leading, cutting-edge research and our staff and research students are fully engaged in original historical scholarship, ranging from antiquity to the present day. The department has consistently received very high ratings in the government’s research assessment exercises (RAE) and staff regularly publish awardwinning books, including Dr Stephen Baxter’s ‘Earls of Mercia’, awarded the Royal Historical Society’s Whitfield Book Prize, and Dr Alice Rio’s ‘Legal Practice and the Written Word in the Early Middle Ages’, awarded the Royal Historical Society’s Gladstone Prize. The Department holds a regular research seminar series, a dedicated doctoral skills seminar for all new MPhil/PhD students, as well as hosting a variety of workshops, conferences and social events. Staff and research students attend and contribute to seminars at the Institute for Historical Research (IHR), on topics ranging from women’s history to decolonisation. London offers unparalleled diversity and richness to historians, with the largest concentration of libraries and archives in the UK including the National Archives, the British Library, and the Foreign & Commonwealth Office Historical Collection. head of programme Dr Paul Readman Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent and an MA in a related subject. This need not be history but students without history degrees will be expected to show advanced skills of analysis and historical research. Those applying for a joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

School of ARTs & humanities

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Research MPhil/PhD Our research programme offers a unique and exciting environment for the in-depth study of the varied aspects of the Mediterranean and Middle East. The programme has attracted students from all over the Middle East and Mediterranean (including Egypt, Israel, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Turkey), as well as Europe, Japan, Canada and the United States who are carrying out research in areas as diverse as the Middle East peace process; the history of Zionism; Greek-Turkish foreign relations; Euro-Arab and Euro-Mediterranean political and economic relations; Israel’s foreign and domestic policy; and the foreign policy of the Arab world. head of programme Professor Rory Miller Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree in a subject appropriate to the course. Equivalent overseas qualifications are acceptable. It is not essential to have undertaken research in this field at postgraduate level, but students are urged to consider taking an MA before undertaking research work.

Music Research MPhil/PhD or option to study joint PhD with Hong Kong University The department has a long-established international reputation for research in music history and musical analysis, covering music from the Middle Ages to the present day. We are particularly strong in opera studies, performance studies, music theory, historiography, 18th- and 19th-century music, the early 20th-century (including jazz) and composition. A new area of research being opened up by staff at King’s is the study of music on record, especially historical recordings and their implications for performance. head of programme Professor Roger Parker Entry requirements A first or high 2:1 first degree in Music; a master’s degree is normally required. Equivalent qualifications or experience may be considered. Those applying for a joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

Palaeography & Manuscript Studies MPhil/PhD Palaeography is taught in many departments across the School of Arts & Humanities and students wishing to carry out research in Palaeography should approach the relevant

department. Current specialists work in areas of study such as Classics, Byzantine & Modern Greek studies, English, French, History, Medieval studies, Spanish and Digital Humanities. Entry requirements All students for MPhil/PhD entry will be expected to have an MA or equivalent. The department in which you will be registered may have other requirements – please see their entries for details.

Philosophy Research MPhilStud/MPhil/PhD or option to study joint PhD with National University of Singapore We are strong in all areas of analytic philosophy, with particular strengths in the history of philosophy, philosophy of mind and psychology, metaphysics and philosophy of science, ethics and politics, and philosophy of language and linguistics. We also co-operate closely with the other philosophy departments in London which gives us access to a wide range of further specialisations in philosophy. There are two kinds of research degrees offered by this department: Master of Philosophical Studies and PhD. The MPhilStud is a twoyear degree: students work on three options and write a 30,000-word dissertation. The general MPhilStud has a wide range of options to choose from, one of which must be historical. There are also specialised MPhilStuds in Ancient Philosophy and in Philosophy of Psychology. These are similar to the general MPhilStud but require some specific options. We offer PhDs in Philosophy and Linguistics to students who already have a master’s degree. head of programme Professor David Papineau Entry requirements MPhilStud: at least a good 2:1 degree in which philosophy was the major component. PhD: a good master’s degree in Philosophy (or in Linguistics for those intending to complete a PhD in Linguistics). Those applying for a joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies Research MPhil/PhD Spanish was first taught at King’s College London in 1831, only two years after the College’s foundation, and the teaching of Portuguese in British universities was pioneered by King’s in the 1860s. Since the establishment of the Cervantes Chair in 1916 and the Camoens Chair in 1919, the College has become a world-leading centre for Spanish

and Portuguese studies and the creation of the new Department of Spanish, Portuguese and Latin American Studies continues this tradition of innovation and research strength. The department offers a wide range of research supervision with opportunities for crossdisciplinary supervision. Our commitment to all areas of Spain, Portugal, Brazil, Lusophone Africa and Latin America combined with the wide-ranging teaching and research interests of the staff, means that we are able to offer an unrivalled variety of choice of supervision topics for postgraduate study. head of programme Professor David Treece Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree in Spanish, Portuguese or Latin American Studies. Equivalent from overseas candidates acceptable. Professional qualifications may, exceptionally, be acceptable. Part-time status will be granted where pressure of employment merits.

Theology & Religious Studies Research MPhil/PhD The lively research-orientated atmosphere of our department offers a stimulating environment for postgraduate research. The department represents a broad range of overlapping research areas. Students can pursue traditional areas of study through Theology (Systematics; Philosophical Theology; Patristics and Medieval Theology; History of Christianity in the reformation and modern period; Biblical Theology, Ethics, Business Ethics, and Christianity and the Arts) and Biblical Studies (literary, ideological and theological approaches to the Hebrew Bible; Second Temple Judaism, gender and the Dead Sea Scrolls; New Testament studies, including biography, genre, environment and ethics). Central to our department too is the social scientific study of religion (anthropology, sociology, history and politics), together with philosophy of religion, the world of Jews in modern Europe, contemporary Islamic thought, and Chinese religions. head of programme Dr Paul Janz Entry requirements Students who wish to read for a research degree should normally have obtained an MA or, in exceptional circumstances, a first class or good upper second class Honours degree at a British University, or an equivalent qualification. In both cases, their previous studies should normally have included a dissertation, or equivalent, demonstrating their ability to present the result of independent study and research.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Student Profile

Taught programmes Our commitment to offer new and cutting-edge teaching across the disciplinary spectrum is exemplified by the creation of MA programmes in French Language & Culture, taught by e-learning, European Public Policy, and in Conflict Resolution. Many of our programmes are based on thriving partnerships with other cultural leaders, including Shakespeare’s Globe, the National Gallery, the British Museum, and the British Library. We provide innovative approaches to traditional subjects ranging from ancient history to philosophy, but we also push interdisciplinary boundaries in programmes like Literature & Medicine, Eighteenth-Century Studies, and Cultural & Creative Industries. TWO-YEAR INTERNATIONAL MASTER’S PROGRAMME

‘The music course is wide ranging in scope and provides opportunities to study all aspects of the subject intensively, from analysis to historiography and Baroque music to Contemporary. King’s places a distinct emphasis on independent and individual research, allowing students the freedom to follow their own personal areas of interest. The weekly colloquia provide a great opportunity to encounter a broad range of visiting scholars’ musical research, as well as to make contact with staff and get to know other students within the department.’ Aoife Mac Alister Music MMus

Humanities & Academic English Grad Dip For international students who do not yet qualify for direct MA entry. Helps students achieve the academic and linguistic skills required for successful postgraduate study. Improves overall skills through a unique combination of language and academic subject input. Direct progression into all MA programmes in year two. Modules include Humanities and Integrated Study Skills, English for Academic Purposes and an Individual Research Project. Teaching staff are from the School of Arts & Humanities and the English Language Centre. Entry requirements An honours degree, typically a first or upper second, although not necessarily in a humanities background. The GPA required is dependent on the requirements of the humanities MA to be studied. Students must also provide certification to show that they possess a minimum standard of English, defined as an IELTS score of 6.0 (with no skill below 5.5) or TOEFL scores of 550 PBT (3.5 TWE)/ 80 iBT (with no skill below 18). Duration One year FT, September to June, for Graduate Diploma, followed by one/two years FT/PT, September to September, for master’s degree. Location Strand Campus.

CULTURE & CREATIVITY

Advanced Musical Studies PG Cert Formulated to meet individual goals to pursue a particular interest in musicology or composition. Ideal as a step into further research or to develop skills in the media, arts and other related bodies. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in music, but admission may also be possible for students debarred from registering as internal candidates for the MMus, MPhil or PhD. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Creative Cities (subject to approval) MA/MSc An innovative joint programme between Culture, Media and Creative Industries and Urban Geography that critically examines the ideas, practices and policies of ‘creative cities’. The focus is on the intersections of culture and the city, and the economic, social and cultural consequences. The programme has an international scope and draws on interdisciplinary foundations. Ideal for careers in urban management and as a foundation for doctoral research. Entry requirements An undergraduate degree at 2:1 (GPA 3.3) standard or equivalent in a relevant subject, for example arts, humanities, social sciences or business. Relevant work experience will strengthen your application but is not a requirement. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; occasionally other London locations.

Cultural & Creative Industries MA Unique interdisciplinary programme that draws on cultural studies, sociology and arts and cultural management, making use of London’s vibrant cultural institutions. It has an international perspective, and is concerned with both the forprofit and not-for-profit sectors. Postgraduates have gone on to pursue careers in major cultural and creative organisations and smaller creative businesses. Entry requirements An undergraduate degree at 2:1 (GPA 3.3) standard or equivalent in a relevant subject, for example arts, humanities, social sciences or business. Relevant work experience will strengthen your application but is not a requirement. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; occasionally other London locations.

School of ARTs & humanities

Digital Asset Management MA

Film Studies MA

Study at the Centre for Computing in the Humanities, the largest, most prestigious department in its field. Access to: unrivalled expertise in creation, management and preservation of digital materials; the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most important cultural institutions. For careers in cultural heritage institutions or commercial organisations.

Study at the leading centre for Film Studies in London. Extensive range of options covering all aspects of film style, representation and spectatorship. Perfect location close to the BFI, South Bank and Tate Modern. Ideal for careers in the media arts and related culture industries, or preparation for further study.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent in any discipline and/or substantial work experience in the cultural heritage sector or involving the creation and/or management of digital resources. A written personal statement will be required.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent. A degree in film studies, or a subject in which film/media plays a significant part, is an advantage, although candidates from other disciplines will be considered. For those returning to study, evidence of appropriate experience will be required.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Digital Culture & Technology MA A unique opportunity to explore the many forms of digital culture and their profound effects on society from various angles. Graduates of this programme will have gained the analytical tools required for understanding how digitisation and internet technologies shape modern culture. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent in any discipline. For those returning to study, evidence of appropriate experience will be required. A written personal statement, emphasising both qualifying background and reasons for selecting this programme will be required. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Digital Humanities MA Study at the Centre for Computing in the Humanities, the largest, most prestigious department in its field. Learn application of digital tools and methods to the textual, visual and material data of the humanities. Leads to advanced research, or careers in cultural sector, civil service and business. Entry requirements A first or 2:1 BA first degree, overseas equivalent or an MA, in any arts or humanities subject; familiarity with basic computer use, including email and word processing. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, mid-September to mid-September. Location Strand Campus.

Music MMus Specialise in musicology or composition by selecting from a range of modules including an option from other Arts & Humanities departments. Ideal as a foundation for further research or composition at doctoral level or to build on existing skills. Entry requirements First or high 2:1 in Music. Equivalent from overseas students. USA: Minimum 3.3 GPA overall, with higher result expected in Music. Applicants with equivalent qualifications or experience seriously considered. English language requirements as specified by the College. You will be asked to submit a sample of recent written work in Musicology or Composition (please clearly specify which; we do not offer Performance). Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

ENGLISH LITERATURE & PERFORMANCE

Comparative Literature MA Study literatures in western European languages from antiquity to modernity, in Europe and its former colonies worldwide. A second pathway focuses on cross-cultural literature (Literature across Cultures). Tailored courses on comparative methodology and theory. Ideal foundation for research and careers in teaching, journalism, the arts. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a modern language, Classics, English or another subject involving the study of literature. Good reading knowledge of a relevant European language other than English essential (not required for Literature across Cultures pathway). US applicants should have GPA 3.3 or above. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission MA Taught with the British Library; a unique opportunity to study early modern literary works, including Shakespeare, in light of recent critical approaches and as print and manuscript material artefacts. Ideal foundation for doctoral work and careers in the arts, education, curatorship and broadcasting. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in English or in a subject in which English plays a significant part; other wellqualified candidates may be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus and British Library.

English: 1850-Present MA Explore a range of topics and texts from the mid-19th century to the present. Students receive training in research and writing skills in preparation for the completion of a large-scale research project within a research environment which values scholarly inquiry and independence of thought. Entry requirements Minimum good 2:1 first degree in English, or a subject in which English plays a significant part; other disciplines may be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Life-Writing MA Combine study of the theory and history of Lifewriting from the eighteenth century to the present, with the possibility of researching and writing a practical exercise in biography. Receive training in research and writing skills for the completion of a large research project. Entry requirements Minimum good 2:1 first degree in English, or a subject in which English plays a significant part; other disciplines may be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Literature & Medicine MA For both humanities and healthcare professionals. Compulsory modules: Narrative Medicine and Explorations in Literature & Medicine plus optional modules that cover illness, medicine and psychiatry in literature and film. Ideal base for PhD studies, a switch to medical careers or teaching, journalism and cultural arts. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in a humanities discipline with a literary component (eg English; modern languages; biblical studies); or a medical degree; or a nursing or a social work qualification; or a relevant equivalent qualification. There is a qualifying exam for those without minimum qualifications. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medieval English: Sex, Gender & Culture MA Explore medieval literature and language from three inter-connected perspectives: gender and sexuality studies; cultural studies (especially cultural approaches to the study of medieval religious texts); and the relation between verbal and visual artefacts, complementing the department’s strengths in manuscript, lexical, and source studies. Entry requirements Minimum good 2:1 first degree in English, or a subject in which English plays a significant part; other disciplines may be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Theatre & Performance Studies (subject to approval) MA Unique opportunity to pursue interests in Theatre and Performance Studies in the heart of London. Rigorous theoretical inquiry complemented by the opportunity to engage hands-on in performance, archival and curatorial practice through self-directed research and internship programmes. Ideal basis for a PhD in the field or further work in the arts. Entry requirements First or 2:1 BA degree in Theatre, Performance Studies, English, or related fields, or equivalent overseas degree (minimum GPA 3.3); strong interest and/or engagement in performance practice an asset. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

GLOBAL POLITICS

Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies MA Research-led and offering comprehensive comparative study on the causes and consequences of revolution, civil war, conflict regulation and truth and reconciliation in divided societies from the Middle East to South East Asia and beyond. Broad choice of modules. Possible careers include the UN, EU, diplomacy, journalism and the City. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree, or overseas equivalent, in an appropriate subject, such as in history, politics, international relations or languages.

Location Strand Campus.

Duration One year FT, two years PT September to September.

Shakespeare Studies MA

Location Strand Campus.

Taught with Globe Education, Shakespeare’s Globe. Advanced critical and textual study of the plays of Shakespeare and his contemporaries through this unique collaboration. Optional modules cover Jacobean theatre & culture, Shakespeare on film, global Shakespeare; plus training in methodologies and editing. Destinations: PhD and academic work, theatre and the arts, arts administration, publishing.

European Public Policy MA The programme provides conceptual and research tools for the critical analysis of public policy and a broad political and historical approach to European Studies. Attracts high-profile people to lead seminars. Ideal for employment in the EU, business, public service, research and teaching.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in English, drama or an equivalent subject, or an overseas equivalent. You will be required to submit a sample of your written work on a relevant topic.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent, in a subject relevant to the intended area of study (mainly European Studies, Public Policy, Politics, Sociology, Law, Economics and History).

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Duration One year FT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus and Shakespeare’s Globe.

Location Strand Campus.

School of ARTs & humanities

European Studies MA The programme aims to deepen postgraduates’ understanding of contemporary European politics, history and society. As an interdisciplinary programme, it draws on the expertise of five highly ranked departments at King’s and a vibrant research community, recently designated as a Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent, in a subject relevant to the intended area of study (mainly European studies, politics, history, social sciences, law and modern languages). For European Studies MA, students wishing to follow a country-based path must be fluent in either French or German. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; French/German pathways study second semester in Paris or Berlin.

International Political Economy MA Explore main theoretical assumptions, methods and research areas of International Political Economy as a discipline. Intellectual and practical skills developed through core and optional modules which include research design, economics, migration and welfare studies and data analysis. Entry requirements A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies MA

LANGUAGES, LITERATURES & CULTURE

Classical Art & Archaeology MA Core module: Research training and dissertation in Art and Archaeology, Undertaking Research in Classical Archaeology, plus choose from around 15 modules in Greek and Roman archaeology and art history and in technical skills: papyrology, epigraphy, palaeography; and over 30 modules from related programmes, including Greek and Latin language. Usually leads to doctoral research. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA degree in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology or a closely related subject, or an overseas equivalent. Some knowledge of Latin, Greek or another ancient language is a prerequisite. If you do not have a formal qualification in any ancient language you may still be considered if you take at least a basic course before the start of your MA studies. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Classical Studies Grad Dip Ideal as a bridge to study at MA or beyond if you are new to Ancient History or Classics. Includes choice from 40 modules covering Greek and Latin: language acquisition, thought, literature, ancient history, art and archaeology and Late Antique and Byzantine Studies. Entry requirements A BA degree in a subject other than Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History or Classical Archaeology.

Expert interdisciplinary research-led teaching in the history, international relations, security, culture, languages and politics of the Middle East and Mediterranean. Broad choice of modules. Possible future careers include working in the United Nations, EU, diplomacy, journalism and the City.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree, or overseas equivalent, in an appropriate subject, such as in history, politics, international relations or languages.

Advanced study of the classical world, with special reference to Greek and Latin language and literature in one of the largest, most distinguished departments in the UK. Unparalleled resources and special links with cultural institutions and museums. Ideal training for doctoral research in Classics.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. PT attendance flexible. Location Strand Campus.

Location Strand Campus.

Classics MA

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA degree in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology or a closely related subject, or an overseas equivalent. Candidates must be able to use authors and sources in one or more relevant ancient languages. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September (tbc). Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Critical Methodologies MA Unique interdisciplinary taught programme focused on the study and applications of critical theory. Wide range of optional modules across humanities and social science disciplines. For students with humanities degrees to further knowledge and/or prepare for PhD study or careers in teaching, journalism, the media, arts. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in a humanities discipline, or equivalent. We may consider other qualifications if you can demonstrate relevant experience. The programme is run by the Department of French, but does not require any knowledge of French. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

French Language & Culture MA/PG Dip Unique online modular programme taught with the Modern Language Centre. Flexible, interactive format. Acquire an in-depth understanding of aspects of French culture; improve writing and language skills to reach near-native level. Ideal for careers in research, teaching, journalism, translating, interpreting. Entry requirements Postgraduates of French: minimum 2:1 and/or a minimum of five years’ teaching experience of French at Advanced level; and/or native-level or near-native-level proficiency in spoken and written French, and previous qualifications/demonstrable ability in written analysis and argumentation. Duration One year FT, two years PT, up to a maximum of four years (MA). Location Course is taught online.

French Literature & Culture MA Teaching based on research culture. Research methodology and critical theory plus a wide choice of optional modules from Medieval Occitan to Contemporary French Writing on the Visual & Cinema. Ideal preparation for research or careers in teaching, journalism, cultural management, financial sector and the EU. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in French or in a combined honours degree including French. US applicants should have GPA 3.3 or above. We may consider other relevant experience or qualifications where appropriate. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

German & Comparative Literature MA

Language, Discourse & Communication MRes

This programme is designed for Humanities and Liberal Arts undergraduates from all around the world, but particularly the UK, the German-speaking countries, Eastern Europe, the United States, Canada, Australia, India, and Asia, who wish to study German literature as an academic subject within a European context and in an English-speaking environment.

See page 113.

Entry requirements A 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in German (in exceptional cases a very high proficiency of German reading knowledge may be acceptable). Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Languages of the Wider World Grad Dip Acquire the ability to communicate and work in multilingual and multicultural settings and obtain a high level of proficiency in a language of the wider world, as well as intercultural training. Leads to international careers in a range of fields. Entry requirements A first or 2:1 honours degree or equivalent, not necessarily in a humanities background. Duration One year FT.

Location Strand Campus.

German & Comparative Literature MRes

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies Grad Dip

Deepen and broaden your knowledge of German literature as an academic subject within a European context. Taught by internationally renowned scholars within the UKâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s second highest ranked German department. Provides an ideal foundation for further academic study, research and a career in academia.

Ideal for graduates in unrelated or tangentially related disciplines wishing to pursue work in this field. Study two compulsory modules including Greek or possibly Latin plus supporting options and a dissertation. Most students go on to take the MA.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a humanities subject. Graduates of universities in Greece or Cyprus should have a GPA in the BA of 7.5. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Greek Tradition MA

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies MA

Core modules examine the processes of studying and reflecting 4,000 years of Greek-speaking cultures; specialist modules offer an exceptional range of research-led study. Leads to careers in research or teaching, cultural management, general management, civil service or international business.

Study core modules in Medieval Greek or Latin Language, Methods & Techniques, with further choice of modules taught at Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, Birkbeck, Royal Holloway and UCL. Leads to careers in research or teaching, cultural management, general management, civil service and banking.

Entry requirements A first class or good 2:1 degree (or equivalent) in a relevant subject at BA level is a minimum requirement. Graduates of universities in Greece or Cyprus should have a GPA in the BA of 7.5. The programme does not require prior knowledge of Greek, but offers the opportunity to acquire the language (Ancient or Modern).

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a humanities subject with a significant element relating to classical antiquity or the Middle Ages. Graduates of Greek/Cypriot universities should have a GPA in the BA of 7.5. If you do not have a formal qualification in any ancient language you may still be considered if you take at least a basic course before the start of your MA studies.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Language & Cultural Diversity MA See page 113.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

School of ARTs & humanities

Modern Greek Studies (Sociolinguistics) MA Modern Greek Studies (History) MA Modern Greek Studies (Interdisciplinary) MA Modern Greek Studies (Literature) MA Four pathways are available each with a different specialism. Unique combination of facilities for research and learning including premier collection of Greek publications in the Maughan Library and the Centre for Hellenic Studies. Ideal for further academic study; work in civil service, teaching, journalism. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent degree) from a UK university, or a GPA of 7.5 from a university in Greece or Cyprus, in Modern Greek Studies, English Literature, Comparative Literature, or Modern Languages. For all students, a competent working knowledge of Modern Greek is required. Duration One year FT or two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies (subject to approval) MA

PHILOSOPHY, RELIGION & ETHICS

Biblical Studies with pathways (Language and Literature; Theology) MA An interdisciplinary approach to interpreting the Bible which allows for focus either in the study of biblical language and literature, with language component; or in theological interpretation and Christian theology. Interpreting the Bible (core module), dissertation, plus optional modules. Leads to careers in teaching, museums, media, charities, the church or other religious institutions. Entry requirements An undergraduate degree, usually, but not necessarily, in a humanities subject. We know that relevant background can be acquired by informal routes, and we are delighted to consider all applications. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition to Theology & Religious Studies from another subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT. September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Christianity & the Arts MA In association with the National Gallery. Investigate how Christian scripture, beliefs and practices have found expression in art over 2,000 years; trace the idea of beauty in Western theological tradition; make use of examples in London. Leads to further research or careers in teaching, journalism or the church.

This MA enables students to deepen and broaden their understanding of the Hispanic and Lusophone world, while also providing the opportunity to concentrate on a disciplinary or country-specific focus of interest. The programme covers literature, language, history and culture from medieval times to the present and covers Spain, Portugal, Brazil, Lusophone Africa and Latin America.

Entry requirements Contact the School.

Entry Requirements A first class or good 2:1 degree (or equivalent) in a relevant subject at BA level is a minimum requirement.

This innovative and interdisciplinary MA programme deals with the personal and ethical challenges of leadership in our times. It is a practice-oriented programme taught by teams of academics and practitioners. It will combine state of the art research with classical traditions, theories with “on the ground” experience and case studies.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Ethical Leadership (subject to approval) MA

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in any relevant subject (theology, philosophy, social science, history), other well-qualified candidates may be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

History of Philosophy MA Broad range of options, spanning two and a half millennia of philosophy, alongside a compulsory seminar in the methodology of history of philosophy. You will also normally take a course in a relevant language, and write a dissertation, to build a foundation for further research. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree, in which philosophy will normally have been a major component. Duration One year FT, two years PT. September to September. Location Strand Campus; some lectures may take place at Birkbeck, LSE or Heythrop.

Jewish Studies MA Whether you are attracted by the topical and methodological richness of Jewish Studies, or seek an area of the discipline in which to specialise, our MA is for you. From Biblical Studies, Rabbinics, medieval and modern Jewish-Christian relations, and messianism, to Zionism, contemporary Halakah and Jewish Thought, and a brand new module on Jewish London (with field trips), you will find a vibrant, supportive, and intellectually inspiring framework in this exciting MA taught by King’s in partnership with the London School of Jewish Studies and with Leo Baeck College. Leads to careers in media, museums, teaching, and further research. Entry requirements Successful candidates will have an undergraduate degree, usually, but not necessarily, in a humanities subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medical Humanities MSc This programme explores the links between the humanities and medicine from a humanities point of view. Among the questions it considers are: What can the humanities contribute to healthcare? How do they differ from the sciences? And what can they tell us about illness? Entry requirements A clinical qualification, e.g. in Medicine or Nursing or at least an Upper Second in a Humanities or a Science discipline. Another relevant degree-level qualification. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Philosophy MA

Philosophy of Psychology MA

Geared both to philosophy postgraduates, to consolidate and expand their philosophical grounding; and equally to conversion students, to introduce them to key concepts, arguments, texts and techniques from across the philosophical spectrum, while also bringing them up to a high level in selected specialist areas.

Compulsory modules in Philosophy of Psychology and Philosophy of Mind, together with a dissertation which must be on a topic in this area. In addition, there is the opportunity to study one or two other specialist areas of Philosophy, or (for conversion students) to take an introductory General Philosophy course.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree in Philosophy or any other field. Conversion students should show evidence of an interest in and aptitude for the subject.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree in Philosophy or any other field (which may but need not be psychology). Conversion students should show evidence of an interest in and aptitude for the subject.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; some lectures may take place at Birkbeck, LSE or Heythrop.

Philosophy of Medicine MA Geared both to philosophy postgraduates, as a pathway into research in Philosophy of Medicine, and medical (and other) postgraduates, to introduce them to key concepts, arguments, texts and techniques in the Philosophy of Medicine. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree in Philosophy or any other field (which may but need not be Medicine). Conversion students should show evidence of an interest in and aptitude for the subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Philosophy of Mental Disorder MSc Taught jointly by the Department of Philosophy and the Institute of Psychiatry. For students with a first degree in philosophy or psychology or a qualification in psychiatry. Also accessible if you have little philosophy at undergraduate level. Provides a solid knowledge base to progress to independent research. Entry requirements Minimum upper 2:1 (or equivalent) undergraduate degree, and an interest in and aptitude for the subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus and the Institute of Psychiatry, Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Denmark Hill Campus.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; some lectures may take place at Birkbeck, LSE or Heythrop.

Religion in Contemporary Society MA Combines Sociology and Anthropology of Religion to focus on key issues, from religion in public life to globalisation, fundamentalism, and modern spirituality. Encourages research on major traditions (Christianity, Islam, Judaism, Buddhism) and new movements. Master skills and knowledge ideal for careers in public policy, journalism, academia or education. Entry requirements An undergraduate degree, usually, but not necessarily, in a humanities subject. We know that relevant background can be acquired by informal routes, and we are delighted to consider all applications. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition to Theology & Religious Studies from another subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Systematic Theology MA Explore the doctrinal dimensions of theology. Compulsory module: Revelation & Reason. Leads to research in the Department of Theology or careers in teaching, journalism or the church. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 honours in theology, religious studies, related disciplines, or other relevant qualifications/experience. US applicants: GPA 3.3 or above. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition from another subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

School of ARTs & humanities

Theology & Religious Studies Grad Dip Designed to ease the transition from another area of study. May be used as a qualifying programme for study at MA level. Flexible structure. Select modules from Theology, Religion in the Contemporary World and Religion, Philosophy & Ethics. Entry requirements Postgraduate or equivalent status in an area of study unrelated to Theology & Religious Studies.

Eighteenth-Century Studies MA

History MRes

Taught with the British Museum and by teachers from eight departments in the School of Arts & Humanities. Explore constructions of the Enlightenment through race, gender, class, intellectual networks and material culture. Analyse ideas, objects, texts and arts. Access to unique, diverse and rich collections. Ideal foundation for PhD study.

Gives students the opportunity to engage in advanced historical research, as well as providing specialised skills training tailored to students’ particular academic requirements and interests. Students choose a pathway appropriate to their research interests: Ancient, Medieval, Early Modern, Modern or World History. Focus on independent research, with all students completing a long (30,000 word) dissertation, under the expert supervision of a member of academic staff. Ideal preparation for PhD research or careers in teaching, archives, the media, finance, politics and heritage industries.

Location Strand Campus.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in any appropriate discipline (eg English literature, European literatures, history, music, philosophy, history of art, some social sciences).

WORLD HISTORIES

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Ancient History MA

Location Strand Campus; the British Museum; other museums and galleries in central London.

Advanced study of the history of Greek, Roman and near Eastern worlds. Comprehensive programme with core modules and around 15 options. Unique opportunity to acquire skills in handling of documentary evidence. Leads to research or careers in teaching, journalism, cultural management, financial sector.

Global, International & Comparative History MA

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BA degree in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology, History or a closely related subject, or an overseas equivalent. Some knowledge of Latin, Greek or another ancient language is a prerequisite. If you do not have a formal qualification in any ancient language you may still be considered if you take at least a basic course (eg a Summer School course) in an ancient language before the start of your MA studies. If you need to improve your knowledge of ancient language, you may take one language-learning course as part of the MA. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Contemporary British History MA See page 33.

Early Modern History MA A rigorous introduction to early modern history, breaking down conventional divisions between British and European history and focusing on cultural and social themes in the period c1500-1800. Compulsory modules Approaches to Early Modern History and Advanced Skills for Historians plus optional modules and dissertation. Leads to further research or careers in teaching, archives, the media, finance, politics and heritage industries. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research and analysis skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Joint programme with Georgetown University. Designed to engage ambitious students who have completed an undergraduate degree in History (or adjacent discipline) and are keen to broaden and deepen their studies. Provides access to the combined talents of two world-class History departments with a broad range of strengths. Entry requirements We welcome applicants with strong analytical, language, and writing skills who are seeking an MA programme offering integrated comparative historical perspectives. The programme will consider applicants who have completed a BA or equivalent degree in History, a social science, or literature and culture. In exceptional cases, we will consider strong applicants with majors in other fields. An undergraduate GPA above 3.3 is expected, and above 3.5 is encouraged. For applicants applying from the United Kingdom, the minimum requirement is a good upper secondclass BA degree in History or a cognate discipline. Completion of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) will be required as a precondition for consideration. Non-native speakers of English will be required to meet either the Georgetown Graduate School’s minimum score on the TOEFL exam or the King’s School of Arts & Humanities minimum English language requirements.

Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medieval History MA Equips students with skills and analysis for medieval historical study and covers significant topics of the period, including Magna Carta and the history of medieval women. Compulsory modules Materials & Methods, Palaeography and Medieval Latin plus optional modules and dissertation based on primary sources. Leads to further research or careers in teaching, archives, the media, finance, politics and heritage industries. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research and analysis skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medieval Studies MA

Duration Two years FT.

Unique opportunity for interdisciplinary and crosscultural study. Core module Making the Middle Ages plus a choice from around 20 modules in medieval history, literatures, languages and philosophy, covering western and eastern Europe from late antiquity to the cusp of the renaissance.

Location Strand Campus, King’s College London; Georgetown University (Washington, DC, USA).

Entry requirements Normally a minimum 2:1 first degree (or GPA of 3.3) in an Arts subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Modern Greek Studies (History/ Interdisciplinary) MA See page 46.

Modern History MA Encourages a broad vision to escape rigid divisions of country, period or discipline. Experts teach topics from European nation building to modern British politics. Compulsory modules Historical Methods and Advanced Skills for Historians plus wide choice of optional modules and dissertation based on primary sources. Leads to further research or careers in teaching, archives, the media, finance, politics and heritage industries. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research and analysis skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Nineteenth Century Studies MA Explore the main trends in the study of the society, culture, literature and history of the 19th century, with a special (but not exclusive) focus on the European and Anglophone experience. Engage with major scholarly debates, forge links between different aspects of 19th-century studies and between different methodologies, so promoting interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary approaches. Entry requirements A first class or good 2:1 degree (or equivalent) in a relevant subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

World History & Cultures MA Advanced-level introduction to the history of modern global social, political and cultural interactions, focusing on the interaction between the global and local. Flexible structure allowing students to develop their own research interests. Relationship between worldwide empires and the regions of Asia, Africa and the Americas a particular focus. Compulsory modules Transnational History and Advanced Skills for Historians plus wide choice of optional modules and dissertation. Entry requirements First or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research skills in order to be accepted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

excellence

School of Biomedical Sciences The School is one of the largest concentrations of biomedical research and teaching activity in Europe, with 200 academic staff, over 500 postgraduate students and 2,100 undergraduate students based on three campuses.

www.kcl.ac.uk

• Research spanning the biosciences from developmental neurobiology to stem cell therapy. • Modern, well-funded laboratories. • New programmes including a two-year international master’s in Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English for international students. • Range of opportunities for industrial placements. • Exciting and diverse seminar series and annual postgraduate student showcase event.

School of BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

he School of Biomedical Sciences represents one of the largest concentrations of biomedical research and teaching activity in Europe. We have 200 academic staff, over 500 postgraduate students and 2,100 undergraduate students based on three campuses. Our research spans the biosciences, with particular strengths in: developmental neurobiology; biophysics and cell biology, including cell dysfunction in cancer and genetic diseases; pain and its treatment; the ageing process, from the molecular basis of disease through to the discovery of effective novel therapies; environmental effects on human development and health; and drug discovery, delivery, mode of action and detection. The prestigious Medical Research Council (MRC) funds centres of excellence led by, or involving, our School in Developmental Neurobiology; Asthma & Allergy; Environment & Health; and Neurodegeneration. King’s stem cell laboratory was the first in the UK to bank a human embryonic stem cell line.

We host a Wellcome Trust-funded Centre for Biomolecular Spectroscopy, operating at the interface between basic and clinical science. King’s Drug Control Centre is preparing to run the anti-doping facility for the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games, alongside the global pharmaceutical company GlaxoSmithKline. We encourage entrepreneurship and collaboration with industry, with demonstrable successes including our award-winning spin-out company Proximagen.

Induction and training

Facilities

On joining the School, all postgraduate students complete a comprehensive induction programme, specific to their research or taught programme. Students also have access to the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme. Both research and taught master’s students undertake tailored scientific and career development programmes.

Our modern, well-funded laboratories cater for the full range of research on offer. Our work is also supported by a range of stateof-the-art core research facilities including mass spectrometry, genomics and imaging units. Dedicated study and social spaces for postgraduate students include the newly refurbished lounges on Guy’s and Waterloo campuses. As part of a large multi faculty university, we have excellent social and sporting facilities, but a key attraction is our central London location, with our three campuses along the River Thames being located in the cultural and social heart of the city.

Funding We offer a wide range of studentships, bursaries and scholarships funded by King’s Graduate School and many prestigious external sources including the UK Research Councils (MRC, BBSRC and EPSRC), charities such as the British Heart Foundation, Cancer Research UK and the Wellcome Trust, and our industrial collaborators.

Location Guy’s, Waterloo and St Thomas’ campuses Address Health Schools Admission Centre Postgraduate Admissions Henriette Raphael Building King’s College London Guy’s Campus London SE1 1UL Contact Health Schools Admission Centre Tel 020 7848 8390 Email pg-healthadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/biohealth

www.kcl.ac.uk

staff Profile

Research opportunities

‘This King’s MSc has been running since 1985, making it the longest running Forensic Science programme in England. Its strengths include its links with the forensic community and over 30 forensic experts contribute to the course. Our links with the Metropolitan Police have been formalised through a ‘Memorandum of Understanding’ and several students each year will carry out their summer projects undertaking research with them. Other research includes investigating the DNA of forensically important flies; Y-chromosome markers and recently a Research Council grant into DNA detection.’ Professor Barbara Daniel Forensic Science MSc

Our vibrant postgraduate research community includes approximately 250 students, a quarter from overseas. Our projects provide an excellent introduction to modern research, with an emphasis now on four-year multidisciplinary programmes. Students develop advanced research skills through a wide range of courses and workshops. Complementary courses focus on post-PhD research and career development, including entrepreneurial and business skills, and tutored introduction to teaching. Approximately half of our research degrees are jointly supervised by UK companies and include an industrial placement, providing a strong business ethos to complement the pure research, medical or clinical focus of other student projects. Further training and networking opportunities are offered by King’s Graduate School and our Research Divisions. King’s is also actively developing joint PhD programmes with partner institutions. Within the School of Biomedical Sciences there are opportunities with Hong Kong University. Potential research areas include chemical biology, imaging chemistry, earth and biological sciences. Interested students are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

Age-Related Diseases (Wolfson Centre for) MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

Analytical & Environmental Sciences Division (MPhil/PhD)

Over the last two decades, there have been tremendous advances in our understanding of the molecules and principles that govern the functioning of the nervous system. Great progress has been made in understanding the molecular basis of disease states and pain, and the molecular mechanisms that limit regeneration. These advances enable innovative neuroscience and the opportunity to translate new knowledge into clinical benefits. Our mission is to further understand the causes of neuropathic disease, identify new drug targets, develop treatments and monitor outcomes; study synaptic receptors and neuronal signalling mechanisms to promote symptomatic relief from the pain and dysfunction associated with a damaged nervous system; and develop and test strategies aimed at restoring function to the damaged nervous system by promoting cell survival and forming new synaptic connections or neurons.

Analytical Science includes toxicology, therapeutic drug monitoring and forensic science. Chemistry is fundamental to all three activities and particular strengths exist in the separation sciences and mass spectrometry and the development of novel analytical methods. Examples include improvements to aid detection of drug-facilitated sexual assaults and use of nanoparticles for forensic purposes. Our Drug Control Centre is the only UK World Anti-Doping Agency accredited laboratory and will play a key role in the 2012 Olympics anti-doping screening programme. Environmental Science activity focuses on air quality and includes monitoring, modelling and toxicology research. This is undertaken within the Environmental Research Group, which is part of the MRC-HPA Centre for Environmental Health. The group operates the London Air Quality Network as well as several county air quality networks. We have a strong science policy team which supports government activity.

head of DIVISION Professor Patrick Doherty Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in science, medicine or dentistry, or an overseas equivalent. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor. Research groups Neurodegeneration & Clinical Trials Research group leader: Professor Clive Ballard Neurorestoration Research group leader: Professor Steve McMahon Receptors & Signalling Research group leader: Professor Stuart Bevan

HEAD OF DIVISION Professor Frank J Kelly ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Minimum 2:1 first degree in environmental science, chemistry, molecular life science or biomedical science, although further postgraduate study or appropriate work experience may also be taken into account. Equivalent qualifications from overseas candidates are acceptable.

School of BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

Cell & Molecular Biophysics (Randall Division of) MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) The Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics continues the tradition of biophysics at King’s established by Sir John Randall, which produced the famous studies of the structure of DNA by Rosalind Franklin and Maurice Wilkins. Many of our research groups operate at the interface between the health, biomedical and physical sciences, developing new techniques for application in biology and medicine. Based at Guy’s Campus, we have strong collaborative links with other biomedical and clinical researchers within King’s Health Schools. head of division Professor Malcolm Irving FRS Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc or high grade MSc/MRes qualification in science, medicine or dentistry, or overseas equivalent. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor. Research groups Allergy & Asthma Research group leader: Professor Brian Sutton Cell Imaging Research group leader: Professor Tony Ng Cell Motility & Cytoskeleton Research group leader: Professor Gareth Jones Muscle Biophysics Research group leader: Professor Malcolm Irving Muscle Signalling & Development Research group leader: Professor Mathias Gautel Structural Biology Research group leader: Professor Brian Sutton

Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences, Centre for (CHAPS) MPhil/PhD The newly created Centre for Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences (CHAPS) is focused on research and postgraduate teaching in human and aerospace physiology in its broadest sense. We have close links with numerous related external bodies including the Royal Air Force Centre of Aviation Medicine and Crew Medical Support Office (European Space Agency). Our taught master’s programmes in Human & Applied Physiology, Space Physiology & Health, and Aviation Medicine, complement our varied postgraduate research opportunities. Our wide range of research expertise spans basic science and clinically-related fields including: human

ageing, skeletal muscle function, plasticity and growth. Our work in multi-systems neuroscience explores our interactions with the environment, investigating issues such as how our movement and balance control our sensory and cardiorespiratory physiology. Our research also investigates how such systems adapt to low levels of oxygen or the absence of gravity. HEAD OF DIVISION Professor Stephen Harridge ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Minimum 2:1 BSc degree, or overseas equivalent, in a relevant subject. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor.

MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology MPhil/PhD Our overall aim is to understand the early events during brain development, and subsequently the mechanisms that lead to malformation and limit regeneration in the human nervous system. Our mission is to advance this understanding through collaborative multidisciplinary studies using a variety of model organisms. We approach the key issues in early brain development by combining gene discovery studies with functional analyses at molecular, biochemical, cell biological, anatomical and physiological levels. Our major research themes are: genetic, molecular and cellular bases of neural tube regionalisation; regulation of neural crest and placode development; patterning and specification of cranial motor neurons; axon guidance and targeting; molecular mechanisms of axon growth and regeneration; mechanisms of gene regulation in the nervous system; and synapse formation and function. head of division Professor Andrew Lumsden FRS Entry requirements First, or 2:1 first degree or higher degree in molecular or cellular biology, with some previous experience of developmental and/or neurobiology. The successful candidates will be of the calibre expected of MRC and Wellcome Research students. Please do not complete an application form until you have spoken to your preferred supervisor.

Pharmaceutical Science Division MPhil/PhD/DHC The pharmaceutical sciences are concerned with gaining a detailed understanding of the human pathological state and using this knowledge to discover, design, develop and deliver drugs to the patient with a view to treating or managing disease. Our mission is to advance this interdisciplinary field

through research in the areas of cellular biology, pharmacology, molecular biophysics, pharmaceutics, drug delivery, medicinal chemistry and analytical sciences. We are developing new methodologies to enable accelerated drug discovery, enhanced identification of drug targets for drug development, improved therapeutic agents, and efficient drug delivery systems. In addition, our work in clinical practice and medication use is expanding rapidly, drawing on components of pharmacy practice in the Pharmaceutical Sciences Clinical Academic Group of King’s Health Partners. head of division Professor Frank J Kelly Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemistry, molecular life science or biomedical science, although further postgraduate study or appropriate work experience may also be taken into account. Equivalent qualifications from overseas candidates are acceptable. Research groups Chemical Biology Research group leader: Professor Colin Dingwall Clinical Practice & Medication Use Research group leader: Professor Graham Davies Drug Delivery Research group leader: Dr Ben Forbes Pharmaceutical Biophysics Research group leader: Professor Jayne Lawrence Pharmacology & Therapeutics Research group leader: Dr Dom Spina

Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy) DHC Through taught modules plus researchbased thesis, an opportunity for wellqualified pharmacists to develop high-level research, enquiry and organisational change management skills and an understanding of the nature of professionalism in the public sector. Leads to roles as expert practitioners in public and private health services. Entry requirements Master’s degree, minimum of two years’ professional experience in healthcare following registration. Portfolio of career-long learning. Duration Taught as a series of two/three, two-day blocks in a term over the first two years. Support for the research proposal is provided as an introduction to the course followed by action learning sets led by the course and pharmacy pathway leaders. Support for the research-based thesis (final years) is provided by individual supervision and timetabled seminars. Location Waterloo Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

student Profile

Taught programmes Our master’s programmes are based upon our research strengths and are designed to provide outstanding postgraduates with more specialised knowledge and skills required for specific clinical, scientific or industrial careers. Several programmes, such as Analytical Science for Industry, are designed and run in partnership with the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. They include industrial placements and content is designed to address specific skills shortages in a rapidly changing and competitive international marketplace. In other programmes, students can change fields entirely, such as the Molecular Biophysics MRes which enables conversion from the physical to biological sciences. MASTER’S BY RESEARCH

‘What a learning experience it has been for me at King’s! Whether it was the teaching delivered by the finest brains in the world, or interacting with students from different parts of the world, the experience has been an enriching one. Academics are extremely supportive. They not only encourage you to read widely, to research thoroughly and to question what you learn at every opportunity but they constantly push you to achieve your best and still go beyond.’ Arjun Channi Pharmaceutical Technology MSc

Molecular Biophysics MRes Taught modules in biophysics and molecular biology, bioinformatics options and an extensive research project. Leading laboratory within a centre that has been at the forefront of biophysics research for over 60 years. Excellent preparation for PhD or foundation for high level entry into industry. MRC-funded studentships available. Entry requirements Minimum good 2:1 first degree in physics, chemistry or biomedical science degree (with a substantial biophysics or biophysical chemistry component) or an equivalent overseas qualification. Duration One year FT. Location Guy’s Campus.

TWO-YEAR INTERNATIONAL MASTER’S

Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English Grad Dip Provides a unique structured pathway into taught and research-based science master’s level programmes for international students. Combines study of science topics with the development of Scientific English, study and critical thinking skills. Direct progression into chosen master’s degree for those who meet the required standard. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree, or an overseas equivalent, in a biomedical sciencerelated subject or chemistry as appropriate to the desired MSc programme. Students must also provide certification to show that they possess a minimum standard of English, defined as an IELTS 5.5 (with a minimum of 5.5 in reading and writing and 5.0 in all other skills) or TOEFL 525 PBT (3.5 TWE)/69 iBT (no skill below 14). Progression to an MSc programme depends on students achieving a Merit grade (or better) in the postgraduate diploma programme. Duration Grad Dip, one year FT (September to June), MSc, one additional year FT (September to September). Location Strand, Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

MASTER’S & PG DIP/PG CERT

Analytical Science for Industry MSc Thorough grounding in all aspects of separation science and mass spectrometry plus threemonth internship. Modules include: Principles of Analytical Science; Advanced Separation Science; Advanced Mass Spectrometry; Novel & Emerging Technologies; and Research Project. Leads to PhD study, laboratory-based research or other sciencerelated careers. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacy or a related discipline. Equivalent qualifications from postgraduates of overseas universities or equivalent institutions are also accepted subject to ratification. Duration One year FT, September to September, two years PT September to September. Location Waterloo Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Analytical Toxicology MSc Gain detailed knowledge and understanding of the theory and practice of analytical toxicology and its application. Modules include: Principles of analytical toxicology; Laboratory techniques; Practical classes; Clinical toxicology; Forensic toxicology. Expected careers include analytical and supervisory roles within government and private institutions. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in biochemistry, chemistry, pharmacy, forensic science or related discipline. Overseas applicants with an equivalent qualification are encouraged to apply. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus. The research project may be undertaken in the UK or overseas.

School of BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

Aviation Medicine MSc The aim of this MSc is to provide physicians with comprehensive theoretical and practical instruction in advanced aviation physiology, psychology, pathology, clinical and operational medicine and the knowledge and skills required to conduct research in aviation medicine. Entry requirements Medical degree from an approved university. Registered medical practitioner. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus and aviation medicine centres in the UK and possibly overseas.

Biomedical & Molecular Sciences Research MSc

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Minimum normally a medical degree (MBBS or equivalent) or a 2:1 first degree (or overseas equivalent) in pharmacy, pharmacology, biology, biochemistry, chemistry or related relevant subject. Non-traditional qualifications will be considered on an individual basis. DURATION Two to six years, PT, September to September. LOCATION Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Drug Discovery Skills MSc Run by the Department of Pharmacology & Therapeutics in conjunction with the pharmaceutical industry. Programme consists of three main taught modules and an industry-based research project. Leads mainly to careers in the pharmaceutical industry or further study for a PhD.

Gain a firm theoretical and practical training in specialist technical skills and carry out an in-depth laboratory-based research project in your chosen field of specialisation. Designed for careers in a research environment or further study to PhD level.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in biomedical/life sciences or an overseas equivalent, with evidence of significant knowledge of pharmacology.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a biological, molecular biological or biomedical sciences-related subject or an overseas equivalent.

Location Guy’s Campus and four months in industry.

Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s and Waterloo campuses.

Biopharmaceuticals MSc Provides pharmacists and other chemical and life science postgraduates with scientific knowledge and expertise in the areas of biopharmaceutical discovery and development required for a career in the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical industry, research institutes or regulatory authorities. Four taught modules and a research project. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacology or a related discipline or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Clinical Pharmacology MSc See page 76.

Drug Development Science MSc Gain the skills to evaluate, plan and execute the studies involved in taking a new medicine from the exploratory clinical development phase through to the point of applying for marketing approval, including regulatory processes. One of three modular programmes in Pharmaceutical Medicine designed for working physicians, clinical scientists and allied health professionals.

Duration One year FT, September to September.

Forensic Science MSc Delivered by internationally leading researchers, this is the longest running programme of its type in England. Gain knowledge and understanding of the forensic process and of the analytical techniques used in crime investigation. Leads to further study for a PhD or careers in forensic science. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or approved equivalent qualification) in chemistry, analytical chemistry, pharmacology, toxicology, biochemistry, molecular biology, or a combination thereof. A-level passes in chemistry and biology are required. Overseas applicants require equivalent qualifications. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus for the first two terms, the third term usually outside the College.

Human & Applied Physiology MSc Gain a theoretical and practical understanding of the functioning of the muscular, respiratory and cardiovascular systems at rest and during exercise, including the effects of extreme environmental conditions on whole body physiology. Leads to careers in teaching and research, medicine, physiotherapy, health services, physical education. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 (or overseas equivalent) in a biomedical or sport-science related subject. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Pain: Science & Society MSc Taught modules and a research project designed to encourage innovation amongst interprofessional groups, including clinical and health psychologists, medical practitioners, nurses, occupational therapists and physiotherapists, in the area of pain management by enhancing an understanding of the theory and research-based evidence that underpins practice. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 in a health-related BSc honours degree, a postgraduate diploma or a professional qualification equivalent to an honours degree plus appropriate experience or an equivalent overseas qualification. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control MSc Science-based programme, for pharmacists and other chemical postgraduates, concerned with the quality assurance and quality control of products as molecular entities. Well-equipped laboratories for hands-on time with a range of modern techniques and instruments. Leads to further research, work in research and development laboratories or regulatory agencies. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, biochemistry, chemistry or related discipline, or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Pharmaceutical Technology MSc Excellent grounding in pharmaceutical sciences, followed by specialisation in the design and development of drug delivery systems. Ideal for pharmacists, chemists, chemical engineers and science postgraduates contemplating a career or employed in the pharmaceutical industry, health service, research institute, regulatory authority or preparation for PhD. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemical engineering, chemistry or related relevant subject or an overseas equivalent. Alternative qualifications will be assessed for equivalence to a UK 2:1 level. Duration One year FT; two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Pharmacology MSc Provides training in the design and execution of practical approaches to the mechanisms by which drugs act. Includes taught modules that provide a comprehensive knowledge base and project-based elements. Leads to further study for PhD or careers in the pharmaceutical or research-related industry. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc degree in a wide range of subjects (eg physiology, biochemistry, applied biology, molecular biology, biomedical science and similar) or first degrees in medicine, pharmacy or veterinary science or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s and St Thomas’ campuses; inflammation course either at University College London or Guy’s Campus.

Primary Care & Community Pharmacy (subject to approval) PG Dip/PG Cert Specialist programme in line with the changing environment of the NHS and pharmacy within the UK. Allows practising pharmacists to pursue interests/ learning needs within master’s level teaching. Core modules: Delivering Services Effectively; Fundamentals of Pedagogy for Pharmacists; Inter-Professional Leadership and Learning; Oral Hormonal Contraceptive Services. Entry requirements Membership of the Royal Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain or the Pharmaceutical Society of Northern Ireland. Normally two years’ post-registration experience in community pharmacy and a 2:1 degree classification, or equivalent, is required. Duration Two years PT, combination of work-based learning and university-based study days. Location Waterloo Campus.

Translational Medicine MSc See page 78.

excellence

Dental Institute The Dental Institute is one of the top five centres of excellence for dental education, research and oral healthcare provision in the world, and is the premier place to study dentistry in the UK.

www.kcl.ac.uk

• 70 per cent of our research output judged as internationally excellent in most recent Research Assessment Exercise. • The largest critical mass of principal investigators in dental and oral health sciences in the UK. • High success rate for PhD students. • Superb clinical facilities spread over three campuses. • Five flexible learning master’s programmes. • Diploma, master’s and extended master’s programmes in clinical dentistry, many leading to specialist registration.

DENTAL INSTITUTE

odern dental research and practice covers topics at the forefront of basic and clinical science. The Dental Institute is a leading international centre of excellence for teaching and research with an internationally renowned faculty providing a full range of postgraduate taught and research programmes. We offer programmes that lead to specialist registration, extended master’s programmes (MClinDent) and MSc programmes that give the graduate specialist skills in clinical dentistry. All the programmes offer friendly small group teaching. The King’s College London Dental Institute has pioneered flexible (distance) learning in dentistry, providing teaching for postgraduate students from many different countries including the UK for nearly two decades. This is the perfect solution if you choose to stay at home but want to further your learning and gain a higher qualification. Overall costs are kept to a minimum and are considerably lower than studying full-time in London. You can learn anywhere and choose where you are assessed. World-renowned research activities underpin our teaching and specialist clinical care and keep us at the forefront of developments in dental and oral science. There are strong links with industry for research and development and technology transfer. The latest research technology and facilities are used to encourage the multidisciplinary collaboration between clinical and basic scientists at the Dental Institute. The 2008 UK Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) confirmed that King’s College London Dental Institute, with more than 70 principal investigators, has one of the largest, most influential teams of researchers in dental and oral health sciences in the world. With more than 70 per cent of the Institute’s research output being judged as internationally excellent, the Institute has made and continues to make highly significant contributions to global advances in oral health sciences, which are impacting on innovative developments in the clinical practice of dentistry.

Location Guy’s Campus, with some departments based at King’s Denmark Hill Campus. Address King’s College London Guy’s Campus London Bridge London SE1 1UL tel 020 7848 8252 Email pg-healthadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/dentistry

We are located on the Guy’s and King’s Denmark Hill campuses, and benefit from association with the Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust, and King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust as part of the King’s Health Partners Academic Health Sciences Centre.

Induction & training Students on taught programmes attend a comprehensive generic induction programme of five days spread over the first five weeks that introduces them to clinical governance in the UK and teaches them how to approach their master’s studies and dental research. Master’s students in the restorative dentistry disciplines come together one day per week in their first year for didactic and hands-on training to ensure cross-fertilisation of ideas. Research students undergo annual induction and training with the other health Schools and have access to the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme throughout the year. The Institute also runs its own structured postgraduate programme consisting of a tutorial course in cell and developmental biology, a techniques course and a high profile seminar series tailored to students’ needs. The students organise their own science club and a monthly journal club.

Funding The Dental Institute funds some PhD students, and also has funding from Research Councils, charities and specific awards for overseas students. Funding is also available through the Graduate School. Many students are self-funding or obtain personal scholarships.

Facilities The Institute has excellent research and clinical facilities funded by an ongoing programme of development from competitive outside sources. Each research group offers a wide range of modern techniques with access to appropriate equipment and facilities. There are numerous computer points to access online information services and systems that offer a wide range of printed, electronic and multimedia material.

www.kcl.ac.uk

student Profile

Research opportunities The range of subjects studied at the Dental Institute is very wide, ranging from basic oral and related sciences, through laboratory studies using patient samples, to clinical investigations on human subjects, including clinical trials. Most non-clinical PhD students will carry out their research in a laboratory, working alongside other PhD students and post-doctoral fellows using similar experimental approaches. Many projects use relevant model systems that can help to explain complex biology; other projects analyse clinical samples to help us understand complex disease. Some projects use questionnaires, surveys and other techniques of social science to help to understand and improve the patient experience. Some clinically qualified students will carry out clinical research where much of the work of the PhD takes place in the clinic with direct interactions with patients.

‘I am doing a PhD supported by a grant from Guy’s and St Thomas’ Charity as part of my clinical academic training as a dentist. I truly enjoy living in London with all it has to offer, and being at King’s has given me the chance to project my research at national and international level. The skills and publications that I will gain will make me more competitive when applying for jobs. The location of Guy’s Campus is great because you are close to the City and Borough Market. New Hunt’s House has a fantastic library and the services they offer are very good.’ Jose Rodriguez Dentistry (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

Research students belong to one of five cohesive groups which provide interaction with post-doctoral and other academic staff.

Dentistry & Oral Science (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 first degree, or an overseas equivalent. Research groups Biomaterials, Biomimetics & Biophotonics Research group leader: Professor Tim Watson The use of biomaterials to restore traumatised or diseased tissue has significantly increased the need for innovative materials. Natural processes of tissue repair, in particular, the application of cell-engineered repair systems (bone, cartilage, mesenchymal stem cells and other cells) are being applied to clinically-related research problems. Other activities include the development of adhesive systems including bone cements and osseo-inductive materials. The microscopic and surface characterisation of dental hard tissues, prostheses and methods of cavity preparation are also being investigated. Programme topics include: dental restorative materials and techniques; clinical measurement and operative techniques; regenerative materials. Craniofacial Development & Stem Cell Biology Research group leader: Professor Paul Sharpe This group studies the complex molecular and cellular interactions involved in developmental and cellular signalling. Major fields of research include craniofacial developmental biology, evolution, stem cell biology, odontogenesis and cell signalling. Experimental approaches: Model organisms are utilised together with the latest genetic, imaging and in vitro approaches. The group has dedicated confocal, OP T, laser dissection and time-lapse microscopy; micro CT and gene targeting facilities. Programme topics include: developmental biology, craniofacial patterning and evolution; tissue engineering and regeneration; cell signalling, cell programming and stem cell regulation.

Infection Research group leader: Professor William Wade Members of this group perform research in all aspects of microbiology including basic bacterial physiology and systematics as well as applied aspects of infection in humans and animals. An important focus is the interaction between the commensal microbiota and its human host. Clinical research undertaken includes novel diagnostic tools, the development and evaluation of new methods of treatment and systemic aspects of oral infections. Modern molecular methods, including high-throughput DNA sequencing, are employed extensively. Programme topics include: basic microbiology; dental caries; periodontology. Mucosal Biology & Disease Research group leader: Professor Stephen Challacombe The mucosal surface of the mouth is exposed to the external environment and a wide range of potential pathogens and harmful substances. A major aim of this group is to study the biology of cells and protective mechanisms operating at the oral mucosal surface. A second aim is to study the aetiology of oral mucosal diseases arising from altered cell growth or failure of oral mucosal protection. Programme topics include: mucosal biology; oral cancer; saliva and salivary glands; mucosal vaccines research. Oral Health, Workforce & Education Research group leader: Professor Tim Newton The group has expertise in a wide range of research methods, both quantitative and qualitative, with particular foci on the development of outcome measures to assess patients’ and users’ experience of interventions, and techniques for measuring the impact of new technologies on education and training. The group also draws upon expertise in educational theories as a basis for the development and evaluation of new technologies in teaching and learning, and the development of health promoting interventions. Programme topics include: social epidemiology; the evaluation of oral and other dental health services; career and professional development of the dental team; new technologies in learning and teaching in dentistry.

DENTAL INSTITUTE

staff Profile

Taught programmes The Dental Institute offers a wide range of programmes at Diploma, MSc and MClinDent level, many appropriate for specialist training. The majority of the programmes are delivered at Guy’s Campus although some are taught at King’s Denmark Hill Campus and our innovative blended learning programmes allow you to study from home. Clinical facilities are excellent as are the research laboratories for undertaking clinically-related projects. Programmes are based on small group teaching with personal contact with people who are excellent clinicians and world leaders in their field. MCLINDENT PROGRAMMES

Endodontology MClinDent

‘The Department of Sedation and Special Care Dentistry provides a stimulating environment for postgraduate students to gain experience and to enhance their confidence in treating a challenging group of patients. For me, the most rewarding aspect of the programme is its unique holistic approach to patient care with regards to its sedation and clinical components. It encompasses all dental disciplines in managing patients with complex requirements. In particular, the programme is designed to enhance a practitioner’s confidence in a subject where there is an increasing demand for training.’ Sobia Rafique Sedation & Special Care Dentistry MSc

Balances academic, clinical skills and research. Subjects include the pathology of apical periodontitis and strategies to manage it effectively. Dynamic interaction with other postgraduate students specialising in prosthodontics, implantology and periodontology. Develops skills in understanding and analysing the research bases for clinical care. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training. Entry requirements All applicants: a dental qualification plus at least two years’ post-qualification experience. EU applicants will normally need to satisfy any additional specialist training requirements and acquire a NTN before programme commences. For UK applicants FDS, MFDS or MJDF is desirable. Duration Three years five days per week, four years three days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s and King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Periodontology MClinDent First complete specialist training programme in periodontology in the UK. Outstanding educational experience through exceptional calibre of teachers. Huge variety of expertise available to give thorough practical education in advanced clinical periodontology, including aesthetics, implants and contemporary surgical methods. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training. Entry requirements All applicants: a dental qualification plus at least two years’ post-qualification experience. EU applicants will normally need to satisfy any additional specialist training requirements and acquire a NTN before programme commences. For UK applicants FDS, MFDS or MJDF is desirable. Duration Three years five days per week, four years three days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Prosthodontics MClinDent Sixty per cent of the programme is dedicated to clinical experience in fixed, removable and implant prosthodontics. Teaching styles include close mentoring, chair-side guidance and small group work that emphasises the importance of the evidence base in literature and creates new research opportunities. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training.

Entry requirements All applicants: a dental qualification plus at least two years’ post-qualification experience. EU applicants will normally need to satisfy any additional specialist training requirements and acquire a NTN before programme commences. For UK applicants FDS, MFDS or MJDF is desirable. Duration Three years five days per week or four years three days per week, October to September. Location Principally Guy’s Campus; also St Thomas’ Campus.

MSC & PG DIP PROGRAMMES

Conscious Sedation for Dentistry PG Dip Creates a better understanding of the processes involved in conscious sedation through knowledge of the basic sciences; provides clinical experience by treating patients under sedation in supervised sessions; teaches basic techniques, with introduction to alternative approaches where required; explores principles of assessment, selection and treatment planning. Entry requirements A dental qualification with eligibility for registration with the GDC. Applicants should demonstrate a focused interest in conscious sedation and be able to practise sedation at their place of work. Duration Nine months, January to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Dental Public Health MSc Think critically about oral health at population level. Includes: practical experience of working with consultants in dental public health; involvement in high quality research; practical and theoretical guidance for the Royal College of Surgeons of England Diploma in Dental Public Health examinations. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 in a relevant subject plus an interest in the following: dental public health, community dentistry, preventive programmes, health promotion, special needs care. Evidence of experience of research, report writing or relevant knowledge desirable. Duration One year five days per week, or two years three days per week, October to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc Ground-breaking programme open to both dental technicians and dentists. Teaches clinical and technical aspects of facial prostheses; ocular prostheses; orbital and skull cranioplasties and obturators. Covers:

www.kcl.ac.uk

recognising oral disease; infections; skin lesions related to intra- and extra-oral prostheses; core modules in all restorative disciplines. Entry requirements UK applicants: Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) or a degree in Dental Technology with two years’ post-qualification technical experience. Overseas applicants: a dental technology qualification and at least two years’ graduate experience. Overseas applicants will not be expected to have completed the Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) but must have a focused interest in maxillofacial and craniofacial technology.

sedation and general anaesthesia. Also covers training in research methods and their practical application. Accreditation For selected candidates the two year MSc programme is recognised by the Specialist Advisory Committee for Special Care Dentistry as partially contributing towards the three year specialist training programme in Special Care Dentistry. Entry requirements All applicants: a dental qualification plus at least two years’ post-qualification experience. EU applicants will normally need to satisfy any additional specialist training requirements and acquire a NTN before programme commences. For UK applicants FDS, MFDS or MJDF is desirable.

Duration Two years (one day distance learning, two days at College).

Duration Two years three days per week, October to September.

Location Principally at King’s Denmark Hill Campus; also Guy’s Campus.

Location Guy’s Campus.

Orthodontics MSc Academic and practical teaching covering all aspects of orthodontic diagnosis and care including normal development; growth modifications; fixed appliances and the biological principles of orthodontic tooth movement. Participation in related research programmes, including: laboratory materials investigations; clinical studies and biological investigations. University of Malta joint degree option. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh and the Inter-Collegiate Board of the English and Glasgow Royal Surgical Colleges have approved the programme for award of the MOrth diploma after completion of specialist training. Entry requirements All applicants: a dental qualification plus at least two years’ post-qualification experience. EU applicants will normally need to satisfy any additional specialist training requirements and acquire a NTN before programme commences. For UK applicants FDS, MFDS or MJDF is desirable. Duration Three years FT, October to September. Location Guy’s and King’s Denmark Hill Campus. University of Malta for joint degree candidates.

Paediatric Dentistry MSc Didactic core modules in all aspects of paediatric dentistry and a hands-on laboratory module in operative dentistry for children. Includes: diagnosis; treatment planning and delivery of care requiring non-pharmacological behaviour management strategies and those requiring oral rehabilitation under sedation or general anaesthesia. Entry requirements All applicants: a dental qualification plus at least two years’ post-qualification experience. EU applicants will normally need to satisfy any additional specialist training requirements and acquire a NTN before programme commences. For UK applicants FDS, MFDS or MJDF is desirable. Duration Two years, five days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Sedation & Special Care Dentistry MSc Provides a theoretical foundation and develops appropriate clinical skills for the care of patients needing special care with particular emphasis on the use of behaviour management techniques, analgesia,

FLEXIBLE PROGRAMMES

Advanced General Dental Practice MSc Distance learning programme. For dental practitioners to enhance their clinical skills or academic skills for professional development. Modular programme comprising five modules: Primary Dental Care and Practice Management, year one; Restorative Dentistry and Clinical Practice, year two; General Dental Practice research project dissertation, year two. Entry requirements A dental qualification. Access to patients is required so you must be employed as a dentist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment and have access to appropriate library facilities, email and internet. A computing specification applies to this programme. Duration Two years, January to December. Location At home using flexible learning materials; compulsory intensive face-to-face course in the first and second years either in UK or India.

Aesthetic Dentistry MSc Modules include: Introduction to Aesthetic Restorative Practice; Pre-treatment Considerations for Aesthetic Dentistry; Aesthetic Techniques 1; Aesthetic Techniques 2; Soft and Hard Tissue Considerations; Case Reports. Entry requirements A dental qualification. Access to patients is required so you must be employed as a dentist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment and have access to appropriate library facilities, email and internet. A computing specification applies to this programme. Duration Two years, January to December. Location At home using flexible learning materials; compulsory intensive face-to-face course in the first and second years.

Dental Public Health MSc Especially for people, not just dentists, who intend to become planners, managers of services, epidemiologists, health promoters and teachers of public health dental subjects. Seven core modules with written examination and assignments plus Dental Public Health Research in year three.

Accreditation UK dentists can gain credit towards CPD requirements; allows students to sit the DDPH examination of the Royal College of Surgeons of England (separate fee payable). One week intensive face-to-face course available for students wishing to take the DDPH exam in their third year of study. This course is not compulsory and a separate fee will apply. Entry requirements A second class honours degree or equivalent, from a university or other institution acceptable to King’s, in a discipline which has included a suitable preliminary training, and access to local medical/dental library facilities. Duration Modular over three years, January to November. Location Study is at home using flexible learning materials.

Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics MClinDent Distance learning programme for dental practitioners wishing to enhance knowledge of restorative dentistry for general practice. Clinical work must be done in your own practice. Eleven core modules with written examinations and assignments plus in year four clinical and research modules. Entry requirements A dental qualification. As access to patients is required you must be employed as a dentist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment and have access to appropriate library facilities, email and internet. A computing specification applies, please see the Dental Institute for online details. Duration Four years, January to December. Location Study is at home using specially prepared flexible learning materials. In each of the first three years, students attend a compulsory intensive faceto-face course in the UK or India.

Maxillofacial Prosthetic Rehabilitation MSc For Maxillofacial Prosthetists, Technologists and Prosthodontists wishing to enhance their clinical and technical skills who would like the opportunity of experiencing digital technology whilst working towards a higher standard of clinical practice. Delivered by a team of leading academics in this field. In year two there is an option of studying either a psychology or prosthodontics module. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS UK applicants: Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) or degree in Dental Technology with at least two years’ post-qualification technical experience. Overseas applicants: a dental technology qualification and at least two years’ graduate experience (you will not be expected to have completed the Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) but must have a focused interest in the subject) or a dental qualification and employment as a prosthodontist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment. A computing specification applies to this programme. DURATION Three years, January to December. LOCATION Study is at home using specially prepared flexible learning materials. In years one and two, students attend a compulsory face-to-face course.

excellence

School of Law Located at the heart of the British legal and political world and surrounded by major City law firms, the School of Law tempers its academic excellence in the fires of real world experience.

www.kcl.ac.uk

• Ranked 4th in volume of world-leading, internationally excellent and internationally recognised research outputs (RAE, 2008). • Recognised as one of the top five law schools in the UK. • Soon to be based at the newly-acquired East Wing of Somerset House, one of London’s most beautiful and iconic landmark buildings. • Pioneering research centres within the School, such as the renowned Centre of European Law and Centre of Medical Law & Ethics. • Teaching by internationally renowned, leading academics and practitioners.

School of LAW

ocated at the heart of the British legal and political world and surrounded by major City law firms, the School of Law tempers its academic excellence in the fires of real world experience. Engagement will be at the forefront of your learning experience with the School. Researchers with international reputations will be delivering your lectures and leading your seminars, and you will engage with peers on your programme and with the wider academic and professional communities in London through our extensive programme of public and private lectures and international law firm and alumni sponsored events. Whether you undertake study in medical ethics, competition law, international commercial law, human values, construction law or criminal justice, you will find that London is the international centre for work in these fields and that the work carried out at King’s is at the cutting edge. Our renowned academics create a vibrant intellectual community that will include, inspire and challenge you. There are opportunities for you to collaborate closely with them on research and current issues and to engage in an informal sharing of ideas. The East Wing of Somerset House will be the new home for the School. The building is being restored to its original status as a landmark London public building, and refurbished to the highest standard with its architectural harmony enhanced.

Induction & training Interaction with the community and preparation for work are the key features of induction and training at the School. Getting settled in and having a productive start are the aims of the induction. You will be introduced to the basic concepts of law relating to your area of study. We will train you in how to access learning materials provided electronically; we will train you in the use of modern information gathering and information management techniques. In addition, you will be invited to attend social events as well as events sponsored by the School or alumni, or City law firms as appropriate. Many of these events represent valuable opportunities for you in respect of establishing links with your peers and with a wider professional network. If deemed necessary, you will be able to undertake additional specialist training through the College. Research students also have access to the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme. Location Strand Campus Address School of Law King’s College London Strand Campus, Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Tel 020 7848 2097 Email law-graduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk, law-llmadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/law

Funding Two Master of Laws (LLM) studentships are offered each year: one covering home/ EU fees and the other covering international student fees. Research scholarships for UK/ EU and overseas students are periodically available from the School and are advertised online. Students are also eligible for Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC) funding. Please see our website for the latest information on scholarships. Funding may also be available through the Graduate School.

Facilities Digitisation of key texts is a priority for the School so that students can access learning materials from home. Our provision in this area supplements the expansion of e-resources and we are committed to training you to use these facilities; the same facilities which major law firms often employ. The College’s Maughan Library provides impressive teaching, learning and social facilities. It contains a comprehensive collection of the latest legal texts, reference materials, journals and datasets, and is equipped with online databases such as Westlaw UK, Lexis, Justis, PLC and KluwerArbitration. Other library spaces available to you include the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies, the British Library and Senate House, University of London. The East Wing of Somerset House will house master’s and PhD student common rooms, shared workspaces, social spaces, seminar rooms and a moot court room, as well as academic and departmental offices dedicated to the School of Law.

www.kcl.ac.uk

staff Profile

Research opportunities Our research-active staff ensure the learning we offer is closely connected to the latest developments in scholarship and innovations within the legal world. The School has a thriving research community with over 90 MPhil/PhD students. While postgraduate research opportunities are organised through the School of Law, you may well find that your work is related to research undertaken at one of the pioneering research centres associated with the School, such as the Centre of European Law, the Centre of Medical Law & Ethics, the Centre for Technology, Ethics and Law in Society and Centre of Construction Law & Dispute Resolution.

Law Research MPhil/PhD

‘King’s has the foremost experts in criminal justice and criminal law reform, from transnational organised crime, political violence and corruption to policing, prosecution, sentencing and prisons. We are a stone’s throw from the Royal Courts of Justice and the Inns of Court, and some of the world’s most famous legal landmarks. Our student-led Criminology Society ensures that students get a rounded experience, organising guest lectures, film screenings and visits to the criminal courts and prisons.’ Ben Bowling Criminology & Criminal Justice MA Criminal Law, Criminology & Criminal Justice LLM

Research active staff are the norm within the School and the excellence of their research is recognised both nationally and internationally. Our pioneering research centres lead and inform public debate on pressing issues that affect the modern world, and the supervision and training of the next generation of legal scholars is of paramount importance at the School. As part of the application process you will be asked to submit a short research proposal to accompany your online application. This proposal will either be sent to the member of staff you identified as a supervisor or will be circulated to members of the team working in the area in which you want to undertake research. This is so that we may establish whether we can provide the right support for what you want to do. You are advised to take a look at staff research interests listed on the School of Law webpages which will give you an indication of the areas which can be studied at the School. head of programme Professor Penny Green Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in law and normally a relevant postgraduate degree of at least a ‘merit’ in an appropriate subject relevant to the research proposal (or overseas qualifications of equivalent standard).

School of LAW

student Profile

Taught programmes The School offers a rich portfolio of learning: those coming from a law background will find a large number of specialist Master of Laws programmes; those from a more diverse background may well be interested in our broad range of specialised masters programmes. Most of our programmes can be taken part-time and many of our specialist Master of Laws programmes are taught outside normal working hours to assist those who are studying while in work. For those unable to study in London, we offer a number of distance learning master’s programmes which are supported by interactive sessions online.

LLM PROGRAMME

‘I have found the quality of the professors and the multicultural environment at King’s particularly attractive. My professors make a big effort to obtain and facilitate lots of useful material on the module being taught. I have been elected treasurer of the Postgraduate Law Society, which is proving to be an excellent networking opportunity. When I finish my master’s degree I’m pretty certain it will help me obtain a better job in my home country and broaden my area of practice. London is a multicultural city with a million things to do every day. It is a great place to do your master’s! The people at King’s are simply amazing and everyone is eager to socialise.’ Sigfredo Edgardo Figueroa Cruz Law LLM

Master of Laws LLM Designed for you to deepen or broaden your knowledge of law as an academic subject and to assist your development in the legal profession. Choose from 15 specialist pathways available in: Commerce and Finance Law; European and International Law; Law and Society. Comprehensive selection of modules. Pathways LLM; LLM in Commercial Law; LLM in Competition Law; LLM in Intellectual Property Law; LLM in International Business Law; LLM in International Financial Law; LLM in Regulation & Technology; LLM in Tax Law; LLM in European Law; LLM in Public International Law; LLM in Criminal Law, Criminology & Criminal Justice; LLM in Medical Law; LLM in Labour Law; LLM in Legal Theory; LLM in Public Law & Global Governance. Accreditation Law Society CPD points. Entry requirements The basic requirement for admission to the LLM programme is a recognised first degree in law (or a degree with substantial law content) of at least good 2:1 honours standard or an equivalent overseas qualification. Exceptionally, you may be considered where a comparable academic level has been achieved through other postgraduate studies, or where work or experience has made you a suitable candidate for the LLM. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

MA PROGRAMMES

Criminology & Criminal Justice MA Taught by international experts, theorists, academic researchers and leading practitioners, you develop a comprehensive understanding of crime and the criminal justice process through a wide variety of perspectives. Based in the heart of the London legal quarter with internship opportunities inside the criminal justice field.

Entry requirements Ordinarily, applicants will have a recognised first degree of at least 2:1 honours (or overseas equivalent) in law, sociology, criminology or other relevant social science discipline. If you do not satisfy this requirement but you have relevant professional qualifications or work experience, you may also be admitted. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics MA/PG Dip Study the urgent ethical issues of our globalising world including climate change, war, terrorism, poverty, inequality, trade, justice and human rights. Based in the heart of London close to government, the Royal Courts of Justice, multinational corporate HQs and international NGOs. Entry requirements Ordinarily, applicants will have a first degree of at least 2:1 honours (or equivalent overseas qualification) in a relevant discipline, such as philosophy, politics, law, economics, history, or social science; or a relevant professional qualification and experience. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medical Ethics & Law MA Study in-depth the ethical and legal questions raised in the context of medicine including genetics; assisted reproduction; abortion; assisted suicide and euthanasia; advance decisions; autism; psychiatric ethics and mental health law; medical research; organ donations and the allocation of scarce resources. Entry requirements The basic entry requirements are a recognised first degree of at least 2:1 honours (or equivalent overseas qualification) in a relevant discipline, eg law, medicine, philosophy, theology, social science, one of the life sciences, dentistry or nursing studies. Evidence of achievement of an academic level comparable to at least upper second class honours standard through past studies, and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate, will also be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Tax Law MA Designed for those without a legal background to engage in a comprehensive study of domestic and international tax law. Offers modules of the LLM in Tax Law with additional skills training for non-lawyers. Opportunity to study for professional qualifications in tax awarded by the Chartered Institute of Taxation. Entry requirements Either 2:1 in a tax related degree (accountancy or tax), or 2:1 in any degree, plus at least 12 monthsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; experience working in the tax arena. Equivalent qualifications from overseas students will be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

CONSTRUCTION LAW

Construction Law & Dispute Resolution MSc Taught intensively over a series of three-day sessions, particularly suited if you have limited time for study; supported by a unique collection of reference materials held in the Maughan Library and online; academically-led and practice-informed, provides a unique perspective on this area of the law. Accreditation The MSc, together with an awardwriting examination, is currently recognised for the Fellowship qualification of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators. It is also recognised for CPD by the Law Society, the ICE, the RICS and the General Council of the Bar. Entry requirements A degree in law, engineering, surveying or other construction-related subject or, exceptionally, professional qualifications acceptable to the College, plus (for construction professionals) at least two yearsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; relevant work experience. Duration Two years PT September to September; exceptionally one year FT September to September or one and a half years FT September to April. Location Strand Campus.

DISTANCE LEARNING PROGRAMMES

Economics for Competition Law MA/PG Dip For practising lawyers, regulators, academics or if you have a specific need for knowledge in this area. Gain an understanding of the increasingly important role that economics plays in competition law and when economic analysis is needed for a particular competition law case. Entry requirements Applicants must normally hold a degree in law or in a related discipline, of a good second class honours standard (or equivalent in the case of degrees differently graded), or be a

qualified barrister or solicitor. Applications from candidates who have achieved a comparable academic level through past studies and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate for admission may also be considered.

UK, EU & US Copyright Law MA/PG Dip

Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October.

For practising lawyers, regulators, academics or if you have a specific need for knowledge in this area. Modules: UK Copyright Law I; UK Copyright Law II & US Copyright Law; French & German Copyright Law; EU & International Copyright Law.

Location Distance learning with two/three weekend seminars in central London.

Accreditation CPD accredited by the Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board.

EU Competition Law MA/PG Dip For practising lawyers, regulators, academics or if you have a specific need for knowledge in this area. Gain an understanding of the substantive rules of EU Competition Law and the procedural framework in which they operate. Modules updated annually to take account of new law.

Entry requirements Applicants must normally hold a degree in law or in a related discipline, of a good second class honours standard (or equivalent in the case of degrees differently graded), or be a qualified barrister or solicitor. Applications from candidates who have achieved a comparable academic level through past studies and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate for admission may also be considered.

Accreditation CPD accredited by the Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board.

Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October.

Location Distance learning with two/three weekend seminars in central London.

Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October. Location Distance learning with two/three weekend seminars in central London.

European Union Law MA/PG Dip Distance learning programme; study at one of the leading law schools in the UK from anywhere in the world. Gain an in-depth and up-to-date knowledge of the most important theoretical and practical aspects of EU law focusing on the Treaty of the European Community. Accreditation CPD accredited by the Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board. Entry requirements Applicants must normally hold a degree in law or in a related discipline, of a good second class honours standard (or equivalent in the case of degrees differently graded), or be a qualified barrister or solicitor. Applications from candidates who have achieved a comparable academic level through past studies and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate for admission may also be considered. Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October. Location Distance learning with two/three weekend seminars in central London.

excellence

School of Medicine Our pioneering staff cross all fields including cancer, immunology, radiology, transplantation and molecular virology, following in the footsteps of Nobel Prize winners such as Professor Sir James Black.

www.kcl.ac.uk

• Range of career-enhancing MSc programmes for healthcare professionals, clinicians and clinical scientists. • Research opportunities available in ten research divisions incorporating specialist centres in asthma, transplantation and cardiovascular research. • £25 million recent investment in laboratories and research space. • Located on three world renowned hospital campuses – Guy’s, King’s College and St Thomas’ Hospitals. • Distinguished record of pioneering staff and alumni including Dame Cicely Saunders, Lord Joseph Lister and Sir Richard Doll. • Lively seminar series including annual student research showcase.

School of MEDICINE

he School of Medicine is one of the most prestigious schools of medicine in the world with a pioneering history that can be traced back several centuries.

Our staff cross all fields including cancer, immunology, nutritional sciences, radiology, transplantation and molecular virology, following in the footsteps of Nobel Prize winners such as Professor Sir James Black. The School’s research strength is well recognised. We are positioned top in the UK for Medical Research Council (MRC) income and host two MRC centres in internationally leading areas of research – asthma and transplantation. In 2009 the School was awarded British Heart Foundation Centre of Excellence status acknowledging King’s as the cornerstone of UK heart disease research. As a result our students enjoy opportunities to work alongside globally renowned academic staff. With the launch of King’s Health Partners in 2008, the School is working closer than ever before with its NHS partners in achieving excellence in research, teaching and clinical service.

Induction and training

Facilities

Research students undergo annual induction and training with the other Health Schools and have access to our new Researcher Development Programme run by the Graduate School.

All new students have access to a critical mass of research expertise and facilities. There are seminars and annual research days, which provide opportunities for students to network and present their work, including an annual Postgraduate Research Showcase Day. All students within the School are expected to take advantage of the extensive range of training courses. Library services comprise a wide range of printed, electronic and multimedia material including the networked Medline service. The online virtual campus provides a wealth of information relating to postgraduate study. Research students have access to two postgraduate common rooms, a social room and a room with computers and desks for quiet study. All new students are issued with a Postgraduate Student Handbook, which provides a wide range of practical information on how to access these and other facilities, plus other important information relevant to your studies.

Funding A number of research studentships, funded by a mixture of central College and external (for example, Research Councils) funding, are awarded to Divisions and then advertised on the Health Schools’ Studentships website and in academic journals such as Nature and New Scientist. Funding is also available through the Graduate School.

Location Guy’s, King’s Denmark Hill and St Thomas’ Hospital campuses. Address Health Schools Admissions Centre Postgraduate Admissions Henriette Raphael Building King’s College London Guy’s Campus London SE1 1UL Contact Health Schools Admissions Centre Tel 020 7848 8393 Email pg-healthadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/medicine

www.kcl.ac.uk

staff Profile

Research opportunities Divisions cross traditional departmental boundaries and are closely aligned with the areas of clinical excellence of the School’s NHS Trust partners, ensuring that strong basic science is integrated with, and transforms into, improved clinical care. These groups include members from other Schools in the College such as Biomedical Sciences and the Dental Institute and are at the heart of the School’s vision of encouraging close interactions between clinical and biomedical scientists. King’s is also actively developing joint PhD programmes with partner institutions. Within the School of Medicine there are opportunities with Hong Kong University. Potential research areas include chemical biology, imaging chemistry, earth and biological sciences. Interested students are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution.

‘The Division is at the forefront of research into the causes, treatment and prevention of respiratory diseases, including asthma, chronic obstructive lung disease and pulmonary vascular dysfunction. A major strength of the Division is the multidisciplinary mix of clinicians, physiologists, pharmacologists and molecular biologists, at all stages of their careers. The wide range of expertise and methodologies available, coupled with close contact with clinicians who are treating patients suffering from the disease under study, means that the Division is an ideal training ground for those who want to work at the cutting edge of medical research.’

Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

Professor Jeremy Ward Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

Research groups Airways Remodelling Research group leader: Professor Tak Lee IgE Structure, Function & Regulation Research group leader: Professor Tak Lee Prevention of Allergy, Asthma & Chronic Respiratory Morbidity Research group leader: Professor Tak Lee Therapy including Immunomodulation Research group leader: Professor Tak Lee

We are successfully engaging in basic, translational and clinical research in asthma, allergy and respiratory medicine which individually and collectively constitute a major health burden. The Government and funding bodies have recommended substantial investment in research and clinical provision in this area. We are committed to addressing these priority areas in health research. Close interactions between non-clinical and clinical scientists provide improved opportunities for novel ideas and for discoveries from gene to bedside to be fully exploited for the benefit of health care. Our main aims are to: advance the understanding of pathogenesis of asthma and allergy to inform the development of new and effective treatments and prevention; study the link between airway inflammation, proliferation and oncogenesis; be a training ground for future generations of researchers; and be a public voice for asthma and allergy research. head of division Professor Tak Lee Entry requirements A first class or 2:1 first degree in medicine, immunology, molecular biology, biochemistry, microbiology, genetics, physiology or pharmacology, or overseas equivalent.

Cancer Studies (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Our multidisciplinary research portfolio maps onto and spans the entire cancer patient journey. Our work reflects core strengths in haemato-oncology, breast cancer biology, epidemiology, cancer cell biology and palliative care, alongside unique resources such as the Bio-Bank and Thames Cancer Registry. By fostering a culture of innovation in cancer patient care through research excellence, we are breaking down traditional clinical and academic boundaries by drawing together members of the Division and colleagues from our associated major NHS partners. This is reflected in the coordinated strategic planning underpinning our Integrated Cancer Centre. head of division Professor Peter Parker FRS Entry requirements A first class or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or the overseas equivalent. Research groups Cancer Epidemiology Research group leader: Professor Henrik Møller Cell Biology & Imaging Research group leader: Professor Tony Ng Haemato-oncology Research group leader: Professor Ghulam Mufti Palliative Care, Policy & Rehabilitation Research group leader: Professor Irene Higginson Research Oncology Research group leader: Professor Anne Purushotham

Cardiovascular (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Our mission is to pursue internationally leading laboratory-to-bedside research that addresses the molecular, cellular and physiological mechanisms underlying normal and abnormal cardiovascular function. This work is linked to translational research to improve the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of human cardiovascular disease. We have excellent infrastructure and facilities and collaborate frequently with groups focused on imaging, structural biology and genetics. We have been

School of MEDICINE

designated a British Heart Foundation (BHF) Centre of Research Excellence, one of only four in the UK, in recognition of our research strengths and outstanding training provision for clinical and non-clinical scientists. head of division Professor Ajay Shah Entry requirements A BSc degree awarded with first class honours or a 2:1, or an overseas equivalent. The division is generally only able to accept students on funded studentships, which are usually advertised and appointed competitively.

Gene & Cell Based Therapy (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Our research is in diabetes and endocrine autoimmunity, liver studies and transplantation, molecular haematology and renal medicine. Our priorities include clinically important immune responses, such as transplant rejection, as well as autoimmunity of the liver, thyroid, kidney, and pancreatic islets, and tumour-specific immunity. We study single gene disorders and genetic susceptibility to disease in the inherited red blood cell disorders including sickle cell disease and the thalassaemias, and in liver diseases, with a coalescence of interests in isolating the genetic loci modifying these conditions. Gene therapy studies include the use of genetic manipulation to generate cells from autologous tissues for the treatment of diabetes. We also aim to understand the mechanisms of metabolic disturbances (including central control of metabolism, lung function and insulin resistance), a common consequence of disease that can have a serious impact on potential for recovery. head of division Professor Swee Lay Thein Entry requirements Minimum first or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or an overseas equivalent. Research groups Clinical Sciences Research group leader: Professor John Fabre Diabetes Research Research group leader: Professor Stephanie Amiel Endocrine Immunology Research group leader: Professor J Paul Banga Liver Studies and Transplantation Research group leader: Professor Georgina Mieli-Vergani Molecular Haematology Research group leader: Professor Swee Lay Thein Renal Medicine Research group leader: Professor Bruce Hendry

Genetics & Molecular Medicine (Research Division) MPhil/PhD The Division’s research strategy aims to identify the genes, and variations therein, which contribute to common diseases such as breast cancer and inflammatory bowel and skin disease; to understand the biology and pathophysiology of genes and proteins known to contribute to pulmonary vascular disease and neurogenetic diseases such as Huntington’s disease and motor neurone disease; to understand epigenetic effects such as imprinting, and control of gene expression; to develop novel analytical methodologies and approaches to study epistatic interactions between genes. St John’s Institute of Dermatology research targets cancer, genetics, immunology and photobiology as they affect the skin. The work of the Twin Research Unit focuses on complex genetic traits in the main categories of ageing, CVD, metabolic syndrome, and eyes, as well as on other areas such as skin disease, immunology, gastroenterology and behaviour. head of division Professor Richard Trembath Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in biochemistry, genetics and related disciplines. Research groups Dermatology Research group leader: Professor Jonathan Barker Medical & Molecular Genetics Research group leader: Professor Richard Trembath Twin Studies Research group leader: Professor Tim Spector

Health & Social Care (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/DHC The Division comprises over 40 Principal Investigators working in an Academic Health Sciences Centre Evaluation, Health Services and Policy Research Group, reflecting the disciplinary richness of the College as a whole in spanning an exceptional academic range, from clinical strengths in primary care, public health, nursing and midwifery to disciplinary expertise in management, health policy, gerontology, social work and social studies of science. Our work is underpinned by three core principles: engagement with patient and user perspectives; commitment to conceptual and methodological innovation; and attention to the policy relevance and practical application of our findings. head of division Professor Charles Wolfe Entry requirements Normally a 2:1 first degree or higher in a relevant subject, or an overseas equivalent. A master’s level qualification or qualification and/ or experience as a health professional may also be required for some programmes.

Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Our research brings together physicists, chemists, biologists, mathematicians, computer scientists and clinicians working in medical imaging and biomedical engineering. We are keen to recruit PhD students from all these disciplines. All imaging modalities are studied including MR, X-ray, CT, ultrasound, PET and SPECT, as well as therapeutic nuclear medicine. Ongoing projects range from the development of new imaging agents and technology and computational image analysis and modelling, through to the clinical assessment of new imaging methods. We undertake a wide range of work, from studies of the basic science of imaging to research targeted at specific clinical problems such as cardiology, neuropsychiatry, oncology, radiotherapy and surgery. Our work is carried out in close collaboration with other groups within the School of Medicine and our major NHS partners. head of division Professor Reza Razavi Entry requirements Normally a first or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or the overseas equivalent. Research groups Biomedical Engineering Research group leader: Professor Nic Smith Cancer & PET Imaging Centre Research group leader: Professor Michael O’Doherty Cardiovascular Research group leader: Professor Eike Nagel Chemistry/Biology Imaging Research group leader: Professor Phil Blower

Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID) (Research Division) MPhil/PhD We use a range of techniques from molecular genetics and biochemistry to clinical trial design to undertake research in several areas. We seek a better understanding of the dynamic interplay between host defence mechanisms and viral and microbial determinants. These studies can expose the genetic basis of disease susceptibility and resistance. We examine what fails when host defence mechanisms mistakenly target uninfected tissues, causing autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, type I diabetes and lupus, and we ask whether such mechanisms can be usefully directed against tumours. We examine how immune responses are regulated, so as not to cause inflammatory disease, and whether such immunoregulation can limit transplant rejection. We actively consider practical approaches to enhancing host responses to pathogens and to limiting autoimmunity, and we direct clinical trials in immunological diseases seeking novel biomarkers of disease course.

www.kcl.ac.uk

head of division Professor Adrian Hayday Entry requirements A first or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or an overseas equivalent is mandatory. Research groups Immunobiology Research group leader: Professor Adrian Hayday Infectious Diseases Research group leader: Professor Michael Malim Molecular and Cellular Biology of Inflammation Research group leaders: Professor Frederic Geissmann and Professor Andrew Cope Nephrology & Transplantation Research group leader: Professor Steven Sacks

Nutritional Sciences (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Our research seeks to identify the dietary factors associated with an increased risk of chronic disease, understand the molecular basis of nutrition and translate this knowledge into dietary practice. This work brings together multidisciplinary groups of clinicians, molecular biologists, physiologists and nutritionists to address three major research themes. Our research in mineral metabolism explores divalent mineral transporters and other metal homeostatic proteins to understand how they are regulated in health and disease, particularly in the context of anaemia and haemochromatosis. We are also identifying optimum diets for the prevention of cardiovascular disease by examining, for example, the effect of fats and carbohydrates on insulin resistance. Lastly, we are examining the molecular mechanisms that lead to noncommunicable diseases of the large bowel and how diet might influence them. head of division Professor Tom Sanders Entry requirements 2:1 degree or masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s in a biomedical science or a veterinary, medical or dental qualification. Research groups Diet & Cardiovascular Health Research group leader: Professor Tom Sanders Diet & Gastrointestinal Health Research group leader: Professor Victor Preedy Mineral Metabolism Research group leaders: Professor Andrew McKie (iron) and Professor Christer Hogstrand (zinc)

Reproduction & Endocrinology (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Our research encompasses a wide range of integrated themes spanning conception to the female menopause. Areas of interest include fertilisation and reproduction, pre-eclampsia and pre-term labour, the influence of diet and other factors in the fetal/neonatal environment, and on adult diseases, such as obesity and diabetes. We offer a unique research environment that facilitates the translation of good basic science to clinical application, using a wide range of experimental approaches in basic, molecular, cellular, physiological, biochemical, clinical and translational themes. We provide excellent training in cutting edge techniques. head of division Professor Lucilla Poston Entry requirements First or 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject. Students from medical and scientific backgrounds will be considered. Research groups Developmental Programming of Adulthood Disease Research group leader: Professor Lucilla Poston Diabetes Research Group Research group leader: Professor Peter Jones Gynaecology Research group leader: Professor Janice Rymer Obesity and Metabolic Medicine Group Research group leader: Dr Jane Howard Pre-eclampsia Research group leader: Professor Andrew Shennan Pre-term Labour and Parturition Research group leaders: Dr Rachel Tribe (scientific lead) and Professor Andrew Shennan (clinical lead) Reproduction & Rhythms Research group leader: Professor Clive Coen Stem Cells Research group leader: Professor Peter Braude

School of MEDICINE

Student Profile

Taught programmes We offer a range of high-quality taught postgraduate programmes, leading to master’s degrees or postgraduate certificates and diplomas. These specialist programmes combine rigorous academic content with training in clinical competencies, research and critical analysis. MASTER’S BY RESEARCH

Clinical Imaging Research MRes

‘I was awarded a PhD studentship at the College, funded by the BBSRC, which has enabled me to work at the forefront of scientific research in a stimulating and supportive environment. In addition, I have attended an international conference, funded by the College, where I was able to present my current data. King’s has given me the perfect training and personal skills in order to compete for any top research job throughout the world. I would recommend King’s to anyone looking to advance their career in scientific research.’ Katie Marchbank Genetics & Molecular Medicine (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

Start an academic clinical career in a highly-rated research department, participating in cuttingedge research and development. Provides clinical research training with an emphasis on medical imaging. For international students, the programme also provides a route to GMC registration. Accreditation GMC registration via sponsorship for international medical postgraduates, subject to satisfactory progression to doctoral level clinical research. Entry requirements MBBS or BDS (or equivalents), plus one year’s previous postregistration clinical experience at house officer level (or equivalent) supported by at least two satisfactory structured references from consultant supervisors. Occupational Health Clearance. All offers of a place are made subject to satisfactory Criminal Records Bureau clearance, or police check. Overseas candidates must meet the minimum English Language requirements for medical subjects (available at www.kcl.ac.uk/pg/apply/langreq). Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s and St Thomas’ campuses; some modules at Denmark Hill Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Medical Imaging Sciences MRes Aims to provide postgraduates of chemistry, physics, computing, mathematics, biology, pharmacy or medicine, with advanced training in the imaging field. Intended mainly as preparation for a PhD, but also serves as training for employment in hospitals and industry. Entry requirements Students must have a first or high 2:1 BSc (Honours) or overseas equivalent in life sciences or physical sciences degree. MBBS students may also enter this programme interrupting their medical degree and therefore have already met their host institution’s entry requirements. MBBS students can be admitted at any time following the third year of their programme: Immediately post-year three: (entry is based on year three performance); advanced years (four-five): (students must complete their current year of study); external students need to obtain permission from their own medical school and provide evidence of their exam performance in the pre-clinical examinations. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

Translational Cancer Medicine MRes Gain detailed knowledge and understanding of research methods applied to rational drug design, clinical study design, molecular and cell biology, tumour immunology, genetics and cancer imaging. Practical experience gained through two six-months laboratory rotations. Entry requirements First or high 2:1 BSc (Honours) or overseas equivalent in biomolecular or physical sciences. MBBS students can be admitted at any time following the third year of their programme. Post-year three: entry is based on year three performance plus evidence of knowledge of the basic elements of translational research topics. Advanced years (four-five): students must complete their current year of study. External students need to obtain permission from their own medical school and provide evidence of their exam performance in the pre-clinical examinations. Duration One year FT, September to September; Two year PT option also available for postgraduates with MBBS or equivalent qualification. Location Guy’s Campus and/or St Thomas’ Campus and/or Denmark Hill Campus.

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMMES

Cardiovascular Research MSc Provides a thorough practical grounding in cardiovascular research, enabling students for further study (PhD) or for employment in a research environment. Designed for students wishing to train for a cardiovascular research career. Comprises of a research project and three other modules. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a biological, molecular biological or biomedical sciences-related subject or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus with projects taking place at other campuses.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Clinical Pharmacology MSc Gain the knowledge and skills to evaluate the safety of new medicinal products for human studies, write a clinical protocol, and obtain appropriate ethical and legal approval. One of three modular programmes in Pharmaceutical Medicine designed for working physicians, clinical scientists and allied health professionals interested in the clinical development process. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Minimum normally a medical degree (MBBS or equivalent) or a 2:1 first degree (or overseas equivalent) in pharmacy, pharmacology, biology, biochemistry, chemistry or related relevant subject. Non-traditional qualifications will be considered on an individual basis. DURATION Two to four years PT, September to September. LOCATION Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Drug Development Science MSc See page 56.

Focused Ultrasound PG Cert For clinicians wishing to incorporate focused ultrasound into their examinations of patients. Three lecture blocks of one week. Students will gain knowledge in diagnostic focused ultrasound enabling integration of underlying theory with ultrasound image acquisition and interpretation skills. On completion, students may undertake additional modules to progress to the Medical Ultrasound PG Diploma/MSc. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Entry requirements Candidates will normally be required to be accepted for registration by the General Medical Council. Applicants must have suitable clinical training placements and should have access to an ultrasound machine in the course of their work. Duration Nine months PT, September to May. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

Immunology MSc Gain an understanding of the structure and functioning of the immune system, at the cell, molecular and genetic level, and its relation to health and disease. Ideal for scientists from clinical and non-clinical backgrounds to improve employment prospects or preparation to undertake a PhD. Entry requirements First or second class honours degree in a biological science or a degree in medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine or other relevant subject awarded by a British university, or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Medical Engineering & Physics MSc Award-winning programme taught by leaders and scientists pivotal in the evolution of the profession. Core modules: Basis of Human Anatomy & Physiology; Data Processing in Medicine; Medical Engineering & Physics; Research Project. Most of our postgraduates are employed in the NHS, others in leading academic institutions and industry. Accreditation Accredited by the UK Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine (IPEM). Some components approved by the Royal College of Radiology. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 degree in a physical or engineering science or equivalent or an overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Primarily taught at King’s Denmark Hill Campus with some lectures at the Institute of Cancer Research.

Medical Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert For radiographers, doctors, midwives and others wishing to practice clinical ultrasound within their professional roles. Lectures are in block release, in conjunction with compulsory clinical placements. Core modules integrate underlying theory with practice ensuring performance of diagnostic ultrasound examinations (O&G; GMU; Vascular; Negotiated topic) in accordance with accepted good practice. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 UK honours degree or professional qualification in radiography, nursing, midwifery or medicine. Applicants must have a suitable clinical training placement for the duration of the programme. Entry is subject to satisfactory interview. Duration PG Cert: nine months PT, January to September. PG Dip: 18 months PT, January to following June. MSc: 27 months PT, January to March. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

Nutrition MSc/PG Dip Intensive conversion programme primarily for postgraduates in biological sciences or medicine. Gain a broad knowledge and understanding of nutrition and develop your scientific skills to postgraduate level. Includes taught modules and a research project. Leads to careers in nutrition planning, teaching or research. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in biological science, including components of biochemistry and physiology, or a registerable qualification in medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine. Equivalent overseas qualifications accepted. Duration MSc one year FT only, September to September; PG Dip eight months, FT Sept to April. Location Waterloo Campus.

School of MEDICINE

Pain: Science & Society MSc See page 56.

Palliative Care MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Develop the skills necessary to appraise evidencebased care and conduct research on issues of palliative care to inform clinical practice and service development. MSc and PG Dip: six modules plus research study project for MSc. PG Cert: three modules over one year. Entry requirements A degree in medicine, nursing or dentistry or a 2:1 degree in life sciences or social sciences from a UK or overseas university. You should also have experience of working in palliative care or an associated area, eg clinical or social care research. Duration MSc: One year FT, two years PT; PG Dip: One year FT, two years PT; PG Cert: One year FT, January to December. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus; St Christopher’s Hospice, Sydenham.

Primary Health Care MSc For health professionals involved in primary care provision to reflect on practice and critically examine key aspects of your work that could facilitate career advancements in either service development, academic or research fields and contribute to the evidence base for primary healthcare. Entry requirements Applicants must hold a degree in medicine, or a first degree in a subject related to healthcare (at least 2:2 degree or equivalent), and must have experience of working in primary care or experience of working in healthcare with the intention of development in primary healthcare. Duration One year FT, two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Part-time students attend every Wednesday during the first year and every Monday during the second. Location Department of General Practice & Primary Care.

Public Health MPH/MSc For postgraduates or holders of a relevant professional qualification who are working or intend to work in public health. An opportunity to gain the academic background for leadership roles. Core and optional modules delivered by leading experts in a mix of formats. Entry requirements A 2:1 honours degree or professional qualification in a health-related subject, preferably with experience in the broad field of public health. Postgraduates in other disciplines will be considered, particularly if they have relevant experience. Duration One year FT, two years (one day per week) PT, September to September. Part-time students attend every Thursday during the first year and every Monday during the second. Full-time students have lectures all day Monday and Thursday in term-time. Location Mainly at Guy’s Campus; some specialist sessions take place off-campus.

Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry MSc The training provided by this programme will equip you to work as a radiopharmaceutical scientist in a PET radiochemistry centre (cyclotron unit) or a conventional radiopharmacy, to provide diagnostic and therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals to nuclear medicine centres, or to study for a PhD. Entry requirements At least a 2:2 degree (or equivalent) in chemistry, chemical engineering, physics, pharmacy or biochemistry; other related subjects such as physics, radiography or medicine may be considered, if appropriate postgraduate practical experience is demonstrated. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location St Thomas’ and Waterloo campuses. Research projects and work placements may be at other locations.

Space Physiology & Health MSc This new programme, which is unique in the UK, will provide training for biomedical scientists and physicians in space physiology and health. Postgraduates will be equipped to serve current and future manned space expeditions. The programme includes visits to external organisations where students will be given lectures on practical experience and demonstrations of relevant space physiology stresses. Entry requirements Normally minimum BSc (Hons) 2:1 or equivalent in related subject (Physiology, Biomedical / Biological Sciences, Sports & Exercise Science and Physiotherapy, Medicine). Duration One year FT. Location Guy’s Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Specialist Ultrasound Practice PG Cert For health professionals, this is designed to award academic credit for a student negotiated area of ultrasound practice to meet individual professional needs. Work-based learning, along with lectures in underlying theoretical concepts, will enable proficient performance of specified ultrasound examinations in accordance with accepted good practice. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 UK honours degree or professional qualification in radiography, nursing, midwifery or medicine. Applicants must have a work place mentor and a suitable handson clinical training placement for the duration of the programme. Entry is subject to satisfactory interview. Duration PG Cert: nine months PT, January to September. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

Translational Medicine MSc Learn to evaluate, plan and execute the studies needed to take a new medicine through exploratory clinical development, considering relevant target identification, pharmacology studies and the availability of appropriate biomarkers. One of three modular programmes in Pharmaceutical Medicine designed for working physicians, clinical scientists and allied health professionals. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Minimum normally a medical degree (MBBS or equivalent) or a 2:1 first degree (or overseas equivalent) in pharmacy, pharmacology, biology, biochemistry, chemistry or related relevant subject. Non-traditional qualifications will be considered on an individual basis. DURATION Two to six years, PT, September to September. LOCATION Waterloo and Guy’s campuses; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Vascular Ultrasound PG Dip/PG Cert For practising clinical scientists, technologists, sonographers and other health professionals wishing to work in this area. Lectures are on a block release basis in conjunction with compulsory clinical placements. Core modules integrate the underlying theoretical concepts with professional practice to ensure performance of vascular examinations in accordance with accepted good practice. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 UK honours degree or equivalent in a life science, radiography, nursing or medicine. Those with professional qualifications must have a minimum of two years’ relevant post-qualification experience. All applicants must have a suitable clinical training placement. Those with full SVT accreditation may be exempt from the first year. Qualified sonographers may take the Vascular Ultrasound module as a stand-alone module. Entry is subject to satisfactory interview. Duration PG Cert: nine months PT, January to September. PG Dip: 18 months PT, January to following June. MSc: 27 months PT, January to following March. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

PROGRAMMES FOR QUALIFIED DOCTORS and allied health professionals

Advanced (Neuromusculoskeletal) Physiotherapy MSc A combination of formal taught sessions, seminars, tutorials, prosections, practical skills, clinical placement and self-directed learning to enable physiotherapists to develop the knowledge, research understanding, clinical, analytical and reasoning skills required for physiotherapy in the management of patients with neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction. This programme is accredited by the MACP. Accreditation With MACP approval. Entry requirements Minimum second class honours or equivalent degree in physiotherapy; for physiotherapists qualifying pre-1993, a Diploma in Physiotherapy. Two years’ experience managing musculoskeletal problems. Registered with the HPC. Membership of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Clinical Dermatology MSc Taught programme for medical postgraduates wishing to specialise in dermatology. Gain clinical skills and knowledge of the scientific basis of, and practical training in, clinical dermatology and laboratory sciences relevant to skin disease. Includes a critical evaluation of dermatological literature on a specialist subject. Entry requirements A medical qualification from a recognised university, current clinical experience of either 6-12 months in dermatology or three-four years practising medicine post-registration, and proof of English language ability for non-UK students. Duration One year FT, October to September. Location St Thomas’ and Guy’s campuses.

Dietetics MSc/PG Dip Gain the knowledge, skill and professional attitude necessary to practise as a state-registered dietitian. Includes taught modules, practical placements and a research project. On successful completion you can apply for registration as a UK dietitian. Accreditation Successful completion of examinations and placements will make you eligible to apply for registration by the HPC (Health Professions Council) as a dietitian in the UK. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in Nutrition or an MSc in Nutrition. Applicants must be eligible for home fees status. Enrolment is dependent on satisfactory CRB clearance at the enhanced level and an Occupational Health check. Duration MSc: two years FT, September to February, including practical placements. Location Waterloo Campus; placements in London.

Nuclear Medicine: Science & Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Develop skills for the provision of safe, high quality nuclear medicine services through training with a strong scientific and academic framework in an approved structured service environment. Suitable for doctors, scientists, technologists, radiographers or nurses. Entry requirements MSc: Doctors with a minimum of two years’ post-qualification clinical experience. Overseas doctors require temporary registration with the General Medical Council. Technologists and radiographers should have several years’ experience and be currently employed in a nuclear medicine environment. PG Dip, PG Cert: postgraduates in medicine, physics, nursing, radiography or other medically-related subjects who have working experience in healthcare. Duration MSc and PG Dip: one year FT, two years PT, October to September; PG Cert: six months FT, 18 months PT, October to April . Location Primarily Guy’s Campus, but sections of some modules may take place off-campus.

Physiotherapy (pre-registration) MSc Clinically orientated programme, with over 1,000 hours of professional practice and rigorous academic content, for science postgraduates wishing to become physiotherapists. Provides eligibility to apply for registration with the Health Professions Council and membership of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy. Accreditation Eligibility to apply for registration with the Health Professions Council and membership of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy. Entry requirements Minimum high 2:1 first degree in biomedical sciences or relevant disciplines/equivalent overseas qualifications plus a good A-level or equivalent profile; plus experience in statistics, research methods and/or a dissertation at BSc level; able to critically evaluate material and study independently. Duration Two years FT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus, with external professional clinical placements.

Rheumatology MSc/PG Dip The only programme of its type in London; one of only three in the UK. Modular structure covers the clinical and basic knowledge base of rheumatology. Most students continue to work in the NHS during study and use the programme for career development. Entry requirements Specialist registrars in rheumatology and other medical postgraduates with appropriate and recognised qualifications. Duration Two years PT, September to July. Location Guy’s Campus.

excellence

School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences The School delivers world-class research, teaching and innovation. Proud of our tradition of excellence, we offer our students the opportunity to learn from world-leading academics while benefiting from a vibrant research community.

www.kcl.ac.uk

• Dedicated facilities for postgraduate students. • Opportunities to gain experience of teaching within your department and the chance to study for the Graduate Certificate in Academic Practice. • Central London location providing easy access to leading scientific societies and major research libraries. • Opportunities to carry out interdisciplinary work with a range of other centres across the College. • A friendly and vibrant research environment with world-leading academics.

School of natural & mathematical sciences

he School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences delivers world-class research, education and innovation, whilst building on the significant presence of physics, chemistry and biology across the College and combining it with the School’s existing strengths in mathematics and informatics. Our work crosses traditional subject boundaries, creating cutting-edge research in non-traditional disciplines that contribute towards the College’s broad subject base. The School has strong interdisciplinary links, notably with the new biomedical engineering activity, the Randall Division (see page 54) and areas within King’s Health Partners. Staff exploit these opportunities to carry out multidisciplinary work with a range of other centres within the College and develop partnerships with external groups in industry. Each of our departments possess unique strengths and a distinguished network of scientists whose research and ideas inspire the teaching that contributes to the wide range of degree programmes offered by the School. We are very proud of our tradition of excellence within the School which includes a history of high levels of research funding. The School enjoys an international reputation with staff and students from all over the world. Amongst a friendly and vibrant research environment, students learn from world-leading academics, whilst benefiting from an open door policy and a wealth of support.

Induction & training

Facilities

The School holds an annual induction day for new research students, in conjunction with the School’s Research Day, in which thirdyear research students present their work. The Graduate School also provides a programme of training in transferable skills.

The School has a custom-built server farm, which was built at a cost of £2 million. It houses the high performance computing clusters for the Department of Physics and the Centre for Bioinformatics, in addition to the School’s research data storage facility. Each department has its own dedicated postgraduate facilities. In addition, the College’s library at Chancery Lane has specific postgraduate facilities. Students also benefit from our central location, providing easy access to some of the major research libraries and leading scientific societies. Social facilities, including bars and restaurants, are also provided on the campus.

Funding For UK students the major source of funding is the EPSRC. Overseas students have the opportunity to apply for a variety of King’s awards specifically for international students. Funding is also available through the Graduate School. We offer a small number of our own research studentships and there are also studentships available for some of our taught programmes.

Location Strand Campus Address Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Room K0.30 King’s College London King’s Building Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Tel 020 7848 2574/7210 (taught programmes) or 020 7848 2555 (research programmes) fax 020 7848 7200 Email pse-pgadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) or casa_pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/nms

www.kcl.ac.uk

staff Profile

Research opportunities

‘The MSc in Intelligent Systems exposes students to a wide range of other methodologies. The broad coverage of the programme offered by King’s equips postgraduates with a more comprehensive set of methods for solving complex problems, for developing systems with artificial intelligence, and for studying biological intelligence.’ Michael Spratling Intelligent Systems MSc

Our research strengths have enabled us to form strong links within industry and commerce. Each department has well-established research programmes. There is also a strong commitment to interdisciplinary research: for example, physics has recently introduced a new research group in macro-molecular science which provides links to the Randall Division; other longstanding collaborations include engineering with medicine, pharmacy and geography; and computer science with philosophy and medicine. We encourage imaginative approaches to research; recent innovations include a series on engineering art (in conjunction with the Tate Modern) and the founding of a materials library. Alongside these more recent initiatives, established research programmes in pure mathematics, applied mathematics and the Centre for Telecommunications Research have continued to expand and further enhance their status.

Computer Sciences Research MPhil/PhD The scope of our research is defined by the interests of our research sections. Agents & Intelligent Systems investigates aspects of agent technologies and intelligent systems, and also covers multi-agent systems, AI and law, approximate and qualitative reasoning, and general AI. Bioinformatics & Algorithm Design develops and analyses algorithms for various computational problems, including pattern matching and recognition, graph searching, network optimisation, scheduling, classification of DNA and protein sequences, analysis of gene expression patterns, and uncovering protein-protein and proteinDNA interactions. Applied Logic and Theory of Computing studies applications of logic to computer science and AI, and investigates various models of reasoning and computation, designing formal languages to describe problem domains, and analysing their expressive power and computational behaviour. Software Engineering specialises in developing ways to optimise software engineering processes and products.

Mathematics Research MPhil/PhD (Applied Mathematics, Pure Mathematics) or option to study joint PhD with Hong Kong University Our department has a large number of active and internationally renowned researchers and postdoctorates. The research groups organise regular seminars where top-ranking scientists from around the world present new results which our research students can witness firsthand. The students also organise their own informal seminars and discussion groups. The lively environment and the exceptionally friendly atmosphere in our department contribute to the high success rate of our students. You can apply for supervision in all fields of interest of our staff members. There is enough flexibility to allow you to transfer to another supervisor should you become fascinated by an area you did not previously consider. The department holds several major grants, which enable PhD students to attend suitable seminars and conferences during their studies.

head of programme See Research Groups below.

head of programme Professor Jurgen Berndt

Entry requirements Equivalent of a 2:1 honours BSc degree in Computer Science or a closely related subject, and a good background in the area of intended research.

Entry requirements First-class or 2:1 first degree. Those applying for a joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner university.

Research groups Agents and Intelligent Systems Research group leader: Professor Michael Luck Applied Logic & the Theory of Computing Research group leader: Please check website Bioinformatics & Algorithm Design Research group leader: Please check website Software Engineering (including Bioinformatics) Research group leader: Dr Costas Illiopoulos

Research groups Analysis Research group leader: Professor Yuri Safarov Disordered Systems Research group leader: Professor Peter Sollich Financial Mathematics Research group leader: Professor Damino Brigo Geometry Research group leader: Professor Jurgen Berndt Number Theory Research group leader: Professor David Burns Theoretical Physics (Mathematics Department) Research group leader: Professor Peter West

School of natural & mathematical sciences

Physics Research MPhil/PhD or option to study joint PhD with Hong Kong University In recent years, areas of research excellence have been strengthened significantly through the introduction of extensive materials modelling, biophysics and cosmology research. Research in the department encompasses ab initio molecular and materials modelling, solid state physics, bio- and nano-photonics and X-ray physics, with activities in biophysics enjoying strong links with the Randall Division for Cell & Molecular Biophysics in the School of Biomedical & Health Sciences. Research in theoretical physics and cosmology has a particular focus on the interdisciplinary area of astro-particle physics. head of programme Professor David Richards Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in physics or a related subject. Those applying for a joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner university. Research groups Experimental Biophysics & Nanotechnology Research group leader: Professor Anatoly Zayats Materials and Molecular Modelling Research group leader: Please check the website Theoretical Physics and Cosmology Research group leader: Professor John Ellis

Robotics MPhil/PhD The Centre for Robotics Research comprises six academics and 28 PhD students/RAs. It has an international reputation in kinematics, mechanisms, robotics, and their applications to medical science and production. Since 2001 the Centre has published over 300 papers in prestigious journals (including IEEE Transactions, ASME Transactions) and generated over £6 million in grant income, including £3 million in current grants. Our staff are reputed nationally and internationally in kinematics, robotics and mechatronics. We collaborate closely with the King’s College London Health Schools and numerous industrial partners. The Centre is renowned for its multidisciplinary research at the interfaces between Mechanical and Electronic Engineering, Computer Science, and Biomedical Engineering and is actively involved in research into such areas as computational kinematics, computational intelligence, reconfigurable mechanisms, intelligent algorithms and control, sensing and embedded intelligence, and computer vision.

head of programme Professor Jian Dai (Head of Centre for Robotics Research) Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) degree in electronic engineering or a related subject. A 2:1 first degree and a subsequent MSc in a relevant area is acceptable. Research groups Biomedical Engineering Research group leader: Dr Stavroula Balabani Intelligent Systems & Control Research group leader: Dr Michael Spratling

Telecommunications MPhil/PhD The Centre for Telecommunications Research (CTR) was created in 1994, giving greater recognition to the successful way in which communications research at King’s had been built up from 1986 to become a vigorous, internationally recognised Group. The CTR has continued its initial success, and now has one of the most impressive records of highly-cited communications research and funding within the UK. Our staff are nationally and internationally renowned in the field of Telecommunications. We provide opportunities to pursue research in Telecommunications engineering, with an emphasis on mobile and personal communication techniques and networks, and mobile Internet. head of programme Professor Hamid Aghvami (Director of Centre for Telecommunications Research) Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 (or equivalent) degree in electronic engineering or a related subject. A 2:1 first degree and a subsequent MSc in a relevant area is acceptable. Research groups Centre for Telecommunications Research Research group leader: Professor Hamid Aghvami

www.kcl.ac.uk

Student Profile

Taught programmes The School offers a wide range of postgraduate taught programmes and is establishing exciting new opportunities within the fields of communication and multimedia signal processing and nanotechnology engineering. King’s has a proud tradition of interdisciplinary teaching and many programmes benefit from teaching from across related disciplines.

engineering

Electronic Engineering with Business Management MSc

‘My choice of studying at King’s was informed by the fact it is a renowned institution for research, particularly in the physical sciences. Attending the computer science colloquia series, and also being actively involved in organising extra tutorial classes were very illuminating experiences for me. The environment was exceptional in terms of both learning and social facilities, especially the study spaces set aside specifically for postgraduate students.’ Linda Obadan Computing & Security MSc

Gain a good understanding of a wide range of general management, engineering management and electronic engineering skills. Ideal preparation for work in industry at a relatively advanced level and to work towards senior positions within electronic engineering or management. Entry requirements Second class UK honours degree or equivalent overseas degree in electronic engineering or other relevant subject. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and consider them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Engineering with Business Management MSc Gain a good understanding of a wide range of both general management and engineering management techniques and applications. Compulsory modules: Project Management; Operations Management; Advanced Industrial Management; Individual Engineering Project; plus choice of optional modules. Accreditation Institution of Engineering and Technology. Entry requirements A good UK honours degree in mechanical engineering (or other relevant subject eg physics, mathematics, electrical engineering). We also welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Internet Technology Research (subject to approval) MSc The objective of this course is to provide a deep understanding of techniques, mechanisms, protocols, network architectures applications for future internet design. Emphasis is given to mobility aspects of future internet. The course heavily involves network design, software implementation and experimentation. Accreditation Institute of Engineering and Technology. Entry Requirements First class honours, UK BEng degree in Electronic Engineering, BSc degree in computer science, or equivalent oversees degree. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Intelligent Systems MSc For science and engineering graduates with a good knowledge of computer programming and mathematics. Gain a broad understanding, practical knowledge and expertise to evaluate, design and build intelligent systems using a large range of tools and techniques. Leads to careers in academic research or industry. Entry requirements A good UK honours degree in mechanical engineering (or other relevant subject eg physics, mathematics, electrical engineering). We also welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Mobile & Personal Communications MSc Programme offers core, introductory modules followed by specialised topical modules on the latest aspects of communications technology. Includes an individual research project. Ideal for careers in industry and commerce or further study. Accreditation Institution of Engineering & Technology. Entry requirements Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and consider them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Robotics MSc For graduates in engineering or relevant scientific disciplines. Gain specialist knowledge with emphasis on robotics and automation applications. Robotics is a multidisciplinary activity dealing with the integration of mechanical devices, sensors, electronics and intelligent computer-based controllers. Accreditation Accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (www.imeche.org). Entry requirements A good UK honours degree in mechanical engineering (or other relevant subject eg physics, mathematics, electrical engineering). We also welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

School of natural & mathematical sciences

Telecommunications & Internet Technology MSc

Advanced Software Engineering MSc

Computing & Internet Systems MSc

The course aims to give students a general understanding of all aspects of telecommunications networks and the internet. The course covers techniques, mechanisms, protocols and network architectures. The course starts from covering basic principles of communications systems and extends to architectural aspects and design of future packet switched networks.

Gain a thorough understanding of the role of IT in enterprise and how information systems impact on business and organisational processes. Ideal preparation for a career in the planning, development and management of enterprise information systems.

Improve your ability to solve a broad range of challenging computing-related problems and gain a broad introduction to aspects of the internet. Department of Informatics has an enviable reputation in academia and industry for quality research and high calibre graduates.

Entry requirements 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience.

Duration One year FT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

Bioinformatics MSc

Computing & Security MSc

Multidisciplinary programme involving research, development and application of computational tools for storing, organising and analysing the large amount of biomolecular data now available. Ideal preparation for careers in biotechnology or the pharmaceutical industry or for further advanced research work.

Covers broad range of concepts and practical applications of information security engineering. Gain a thorough understanding with practical knowledge and expertise sufficient to evaluate, design and build computer security systems using a large range of tools and techniques.

Accreditation Institute of Engineering and Technology. Entry Requirements 2:1 honours, UK BEng degree in Electronic Engineering, BSc degree in computer science, or equivalent oversees degree. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Telecommunications by Research (subject to approval) MSc The aim of this course is to provide a deep understanding of techniques, mechanisms and network design and operation of current, emerging and future IP-based mobile broadband networks. Emphasis is given to both theoretical and practical aspects of broadband networks. This includes network analyses, design methods, implementations and experiments. Accreditation Institute of Engineering and Technology. Entry Requirements First class honours, UK BEng degree in Electronic Engineering, BSc degree in computer science, or equivalent oversees degree. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

INFORMATICS

Advanced Computing MSc Improve your ability to solve advanced computational problems by gaining knowledge of data structures, design, quantitative analysis of algorithms, algorithmic applications and algorithm implementation within the context of software development. Department of Informatics has an enviable reputation for quality research and high calibre graduates. Entry requirements 2:1 honours UK BSc degree, or equivalent, in computer science, mathematics, physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. Competence in a high level programming language such as Pascal, C, C++, Java, etc, to the level expected at the end of the first year of a BSc honours degree in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Entry requirements Equivalent of a good second class (normally 2:1) UK honours degree in computer science, mathematics, a bioscience-related subject or a joint degree in two such subjects, plus demonstrable competence in a high level computer programming language. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, Guyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Campus.

Complex Systems Modelling â&#x20AC;&#x201C; From Biomedical and Natural to Economic and Social Sciences MSc Apply mathematical techniques in the rapidly developing and exciting interdisciplinary field of complex systems. Applicable to areas as diverse as biomedical, natural, economic and social sciences. Suitable for those who wish to work in research and development in an academic or industrial environment. Entry requirements First class or upper second class degree in a suitable quantitative discipline, such as mathematics, physics, computer science, or engineering. A sound background in basic mathematics, in particular a familiarity with standard concepts of calculus, linear algebra, differential equations and elementary probability theory, will be assumed. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Entry requirements 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science or related subject, eg mathematics, physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. Competence in computer programming in a highlevel language such as Pascal, C, C++, Java etc, to the level expected at the end of the first year of a BSc honours degree in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Computing, IT Law & Management MSc Gain an understanding of theories, methods and tools relevant to, for instance, computer forensics and cyber-crime, computer security, legal/administrative applications of knowledgebased systems and acquire/develop knowledge of information law and management. Department of Informatics has an enviable reputation for high calibre graduates. Entry requirements 2:1 honours UK BSc degree, or equivalent, in computer science/IT. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Note that English Language requirements are stricter for this programme. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Web Intelligence MSc

Mathematics Grad Dip

Improve your ability to solve challenging computational problems related to advanced reasoning systems for the web. Gain a thorough knowledge of techniques for developing intelligent software and a broad introduction to web intelligence. Department of Informatics has an enviable reputation for high calibre graduates.

For students with an undergraduate degree containing a significant component of mathematics who wish to upgrade their degree in mathematics and spend a year in a leading UK mathematics department. On completion with a merit or distinction you may be considered for the MSc programme.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science or related subject, eg mathematics, physics, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. Competence in computer programming to the level expected at the end of the first year of a BSc honours degree in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

MATHEMATICS

Financial Mathematics MSc For students or professionals with a strong mathematical background. Covers principles and techniques of quantitative finance to prepare you for advanced work in the financial sector or research in mathematical finance. Full- or part-time study. Our graduates are highly sought after. Entry requirements Equivalent of a 2:1 minimum UK BSc degree in mathematics or mathematicsbased subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Mathematics MSc For mathematics graduates. Programme consists of a wide range of modules and a project. The majority of the eight modules are taken from blocks of pure mathematics and theoretical physics with other options available. Leads to PhD study or careers in investment banks, industrial research. Entry requirements 2:1 minimum first degree, or equivalent, with mathematics as a main field of study. A 2:2 may be acceptable. Those with a third class degree or other qualification may be admitted after passing the Graduate Diploma in Mathematics with a distinction or merit. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Entry requirements A first degree or its equivalent with mathematics as a major subject. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to June. Location Strand Campus.

Theoretical Physics MSc Gain a coherent and comprehensive introduction to the main building blocks of modern theoretical physics. Study a minimum of eight taught modules and an individual project in an area of current research. Ideal preparation for active research at the forefront of this discipline. Entry requirements 2:1 or first class UK honours degree or equivalent, with mathematics or physics as a main field of study. 2:2 in exceptional circumstances. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

PHYSICS

Physics MSc Gain experience in a wide range of topics taught across the University of London at a high level of specialisation. Topics include experimental physics, nanotechnology, biophysics, molecular materials modelling, computation, cosmology and theoretical physics. Consists of taught components plus a very in-depth research project linked to areas of cutting edge research in the given field. Ideal preparation for a higher physics degree or careers in scientific research or the financial sector. Entry requirements Equivalent of a minimum 2:1 first degree in physics or another relevant subject (a 2:2 will be considered in exceptional circumstances). Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

excellence

School of Nursing & Midwifery One of the UKâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s longest-established providers of postgraduate education in nursing, the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery at Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s College London develops leading-edge managers and practitioners able to deliver worldclass healthcare in the UK and across the world.

www.kcl.ac.uk

• Opportunities to study with nurses, midwives and other health professionals from a wide range of backgrounds and specialisms. • Teaching by internationally renowned academics. • Extensive pathway and module choice. • Study abroad opportunities at prestigious partner universities. • Participation in an extensive care and culture programme including workshops with the English National Opera and membership of a staff/student choir.

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

he Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery is directly descended from the world’s first professional school of nursing established by Florence Nightingale at St Thomas’ Hospital in 1860. Our experience of taught postgraduate programmes dates back to 1985, making us one of the UK’s longest-established providers of postgraduate education in nursing. The School incorporates the National Nursing Research Unit, which carries out a programme of research mainly funded by the Department of Health. King’s has been consistently rated as one of the top nursing research departments in the UK, producing high quality research which is recognised both nationally and internationally. Highly regarded by leading NHS Trusts, and a member of the King’s Health Partners Academic Health Science Centre, the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery at King’s College London develops leading-edge managers and practitioners able to deliver world-class healthcare in the UK and across the world.

Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses Address Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery King’s College London James Clerk Maxwell Building Waterloo Campus 57 Waterloo Road London SE1 8WA Contact Rakhi Gaffur-Duncan, Postgraduate Admissions Assistant (Health Schools) Tel 020 7848 3571 Email postgrad-nm@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/nursing

Induction & training

Funding

The School of Nursing & Midwifery offers a supportive and intellectually stimulating environment. Research students participate in a School Induction event as well as a Graduate School Induction to King’s. Alongside the Advanced Research Methods modules, a programme of masterclasses and an annual research symposium offered by the School, postgraduate research students can benefit from the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme throughout their studies. Research students are allocated two supervisors and meet regularly for supervision and review of progress. Progress is also reviewed formally by the Postgraduate Research Committee at set points in the academic year. Student representatives co-ordinate a postgraduate student support network and play an important role in communicating students’ feedback about their learning experiences and the support infrastructure to inform ongoing programme development.

Sources of funding include: ESRC/MRC, DoH, NCCSDO, Guy’s and St Thomas’ Charitable Foundation, the Wellcome Trust, the Health Foundation, NHS London, the European Union, HEFCE, Joseph Rowntree Foundation, EPSRC, the Nursing and Midwifery Council, Burdett Trust, European Oncology Nursing Society, Macmillan, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills. Funding may also be available through the Graduate School.

Master’s and research students can also take advantage of a range of information literacy courses and other opportunities to improve their use of information tools, software and services thanks to the support offered by our Information Service’s Systems department (ISS).

Facilities King’s provides an integrated archive, library and IT service to all its students. Information Services Centres and libraries are located at all of the main sites of the College and provide access to the major services and resources that support research and learning. Specific postgraduate zones are made available to students in various ISS centres. The print and electronic nursing, midwifery and health collections include books, journals, theses and reference tools, library catalogues, bibliographic and full text databases and internet resource discovery tools. ISS can also advise on access to alternative libraries, information services and relevant professional collections including the British Library and the Royal College of Nursing. Research students also benefit from a newly refurbished study suite in the James Clerk Maxwell Building, access to Graduate Lounges and Graduate Zones in the ISS centres on the different campuses.

www.kcl.ac.uk

student Profile

Research opportunities

‘I would highly recommend the DHC programme as it allows you to remain within clinical practice and employment whilst also giving you the opportunity to explore a specific area of research pertinent to one’s role. As a senior clinician I was reluctant to exit from practice to complete my doctorate. However this programme gives me the best of both worlds with the added advantage of meeting students in similar situations and share our research experience and support each other throughout the programme.’ Jason Gray Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) DHC

The Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery offers research programmes for MPhil and PhD, a professional Doctorate in Healthcare and a Master’s by Research Health & Social Care (see entry under taught programmes). The School’s research work is divided across two research groups, Clinical Care and Service Organisation and Policy, which feature a number of research themes such as Long Term & Immediate Care, Cancer, Midwifery & Women’s Health, Workforce, Work Environments and Patient Outcomes. Each group and theme has leaders to direct the ongoing research, and there is a core research support team to assist with research projects, funding applications and statistical advice. Our programmes aim to prepare students to be knowledgeable and competent researchers. To this end, research supervision is provided by expert faculty including internationally renowned researchers and practitioners. The integration of research understanding with professional practice is an important focus of all postgraduate programmes – reflecting the needs of modern health services.

Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) DHC This programme is designed for experienced healthcare professionals to pursue doctoral level studies relevant to professional interests. It gives preparation for leadership in areas such as practice, research, management and education in your chosen discipline. The programme comprises taught modules and a research-based thesis. Entry requirements Applicants should normally hold a minimum of a master’s degree obtained from a UK university or an overseas qualification of equivalent standard. In addition applicants are normally be expected to: have a minimum of two years’ professional experience in healthcare following registration; demonstrate a portfolio of career-long learning, experience, research and formal education; and be in a position to develop and undertake a research-based thesis. Duration Six years maximum PT excluding any period of interruption. The entry month is September each year. Location Waterloo Campus.

Nursing Research/Midwifery Research/Health Studies MPhil/PhD The Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery offers a supportive and intellectually stimulating environment for postgraduate research students. The first MPhil/PhD students enrolled in the late 1970s; since then the School has expanded steadily its range of high quality postgraduate education programmes to meet the needs of increasingly well-educated healthcare professionals wishing to continue their education to support and develop their careers. The MPhil/PhD programme aims to prepare students to be knowledgeable and competent researchers. To this end, research supervision is provided by expert faculty including internationally renowned researchers and practitioners. Research students are allocated two supervisors and meet regularly for supervision and review of progress. Progress is also reviewed formally at set points. Research students undertake training offered by the School and College and become members of various postgraduate student support networks. head of programme Dr Joanne Fitzpatrick, Programme Leader, Head of Graduate Research Studies Entry requirements Applicants should normally hold an upper second class undergraduate degree and a master’s degree obtained from a UK university or an overseas qualification of equivalent standard.

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

staff Profile

Taught programmes Our close working links with the major teaching hospitals and NHS Trusts across London ensure that our postgraduate programmes reflect the changing environment in which healthcare is delivered. Students are encouraged to develop the skills and knowledge to inform those changes and to lead the development and delivery of innovative practice. Most of our teaching takes place at the Waterloo Campus on the South Bank. The campus has extensive library and IT facilities and is at the heart of the public transport network. Students also have access to nearby facilities at the Guy’s, St Thomas’ and Strand campuses, including library and IT facilities and the Clinical Skills Centre. MASTER’S BY RESEARCH

‘The Education for Healthcare Professionals programme will provide you with a sound basis from which to launch your teaching career. It has been specifically designed to meet the needs of healthcare practitioners to teach in practice and in the academy. Students who complete this programme have three possible routes for employment: lecturer in higher education; practice teacher in the health service or leadership and management in the health service.’ Dr Ann Wilkinson Education for Healthcare Professionals MSc

Health & Social Care MRes This taught programme provides multidisciplinary training in research methods within the field of health and social care. It is designed as foundational research training for individuals who wish to pursue a career in research or develop a clinical academic career. It provides a firm basis for students wishing to undertake a PhD in the future. Entry requirements A minimum of a second class honours degree (2:1 or above) from a UK university or international equivalent. Duration One year FT/two years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses.

TWO-YEAR INTERNATIONAL MASTER’S

Healthcare & Academic English Grad Dip The Healthcare & Academic English programme is aimed at international students with a background in healthcare who wish to study at MSc level. The study of issues relevant to healthcare and professional practice is combined with academic and scientific English skills and critical thinking. Entry requirements Applicants should be healthcare professionals wishing to pursue master’s programmes in the UK. Minimum IELTS of 5.5 (with a minimum of 5.5 in reading and writing and 5.0 in listening and speaking). Duration Grad Dip one year FT. Location Waterloo and Strand campuses.

MASTER’S & PG DIP/PG CERT

Clinical Nursing for International Students MSc/PG Cert The Clinical Nursing for International Students programme has been created for overseas qualified healthcare practitioners to acquire advanced understanding, knowledge and skills to deliver, manage, develop and research healthcare practice and education outside the UK. An optional 20 days of specially arranged clinical observation in the UK, eg nurse-led clinics, specialist nurse practice, can be arranged at an additional cost of around £10,000.

Entry requirements Language requirements: see page 31. Professional qualifications: Applicants must be qualified nurses or midwives accredited by their country’s governing body. Entry with a Bachelors degree: First degree, minimum 2:1 class honours or equivalent. Exceptionally other relevant qualifications and experience (including those without a first degree) can be considered. Entry via the Postgraduate route: Applicants who have already studied at a level equivalent to a UK master’s programme will be assessed primarily on the basis of achievement at this level and would be expected to demonstrate a clear pass (55 or above). Duration One year FT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s Campuses. Off-site clinical placements.

Education for Healthcare Professionals MSc/PG Dip A programme for qualified healthcare practitioners to acquire advanced understanding, knowledge and skills to engage in academic practice within HE and clinical practice. Students successfully completing Teaching & Learning for Healthcare Professionals and Principal Methods of Healthcare Research (PG Cert Education) may apply for Teacher (NMC) and/ or Associate or Fellow of the Higher Education Academy (HEA). Entry requirements Applicants must be qualified healthcare practitioners. NMC registrants must have been registered for a minimum of two years for the practice teacher qualification and three years for the teacher qualification. A minimum of a BSc (Hons) 2:1 or equivalent is required. Duration One year FT/three years PT. Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years to complete part time including interruptions. International: two years FT/three years PT. Location Waterloo Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Health Studies PG Cert This programme enables qualified healthcare practitioners to acquire knowledge and skills to meet selected competencies for advanced or specialist practice roles. May be particularly attractive to international students wishing to undertake a short programme of certificated learning. Completing students may gain advanced standing to MSc programmes. Entry requirements You must normally be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact. The College cannot arrange clinical placements. A good first degree (minimum second class honours or equivalent). Applicants with other backgrounds or qualifications, including those without a first degree, can be considered. Duration One year FT (minimum period three months). Two years PT. Location Waterloo and Guyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Campuses.

Nursing with Registration (graduate entry) PG Dip This is an innovative shortened programme which enables graduates from other disciplines to gain professional registration in adult, child or mental health nursing through postgraduate study. It will permit you to develop your nursing skills and build your knowledge of professional and ethical practice. Accreditation Approved by the Nursing and Midwifery Council. Entry requirements A second class honours degree (or equivalent) with relevant content or with social/healthcare experience. Duration Two years FT. Location Primarily Waterloo Campus with clinical practice in local NHS Trusts.

ADVANCED PRACTICE MASTERâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S WITH SPECIALIST PATHWAYS

Advanced Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A part-time programme for experienced healthcare practitioners which builds on existing skills and experience to enable you to lead and support the development and delivery of evidence-based practice. Module outcomes mapped against the Knowledge and Skills Framework so NHS employees can identify learning to support career progression. Entry requirements For specialist pathways, you must normally be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact. The College cannot arrange clinical placements. The normal entry requirement for postgraduate study is a good first degree (minimum second class honours or equivalent). Applicants with other backgrounds or qualifications, including those without a first degree, can be considered. If you do not meet the normal entry requirements or you have only the minimum academic standard, you should pay particular attention in preparing your supporting statement and CV to ensure that you draw attention

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

to evidence of potential success at postgraduate level. This might include publication, preparation of substantial reports or active participation in funded research. Duration Typically when studied PT students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for a MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Build on your skills and knowledge as a nurse with some experience of cancer care to lead the development and delivery of innovative cancer nursing practice. Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate clinical care setting for the duration of the programme. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Cardiac Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A course designed to enable practitioners to consolidate and improve understanding of advanced concepts in cardiac disease and treatment and you need to gain the skills to further develop your career. Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme it is desirable that applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate critical care setting for the duration of the programme. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Child Health) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Build on your existing skills and experience as a child healthcare practitioner to advance your clinical practice, develop your professional career and enhance your knowledge of research and evidencebased healthcare. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Critical Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Build on your skills and experience as a critical care practitioner to advance your clinical practice, develop your professional career and enhance your knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare. Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate critical care setting for the duration of the programme. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Dermatology) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Midwifery) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

A programme for all healthcare professionals seeking to develop enhanced theoretical and clinical skills in dermatology. The programme builds on existing skills and experience to enable the practitioner to lead and support the development and subsequent delivery of evidence-based practice.

A programme for qualified midwives to gain knowledge and understanding of the international, social, ethical issues and political context of reproduction and maternal health policy, evidencebased practice and research methods.

Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate care setting for the duration of the programme. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be qualified midwives. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Diabetes Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Neuroscience Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

A programme for all health professionals working with patients who have diabetes mellitus, either in specialist or primary care settings to gain the knowledge and skills needed to provide effective care.

This programme has been created for neuroscience practitioners to build on their experience, advance their clinical practice, develop their professional careers and enhance their knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare.

Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate care setting for the duration of the programme.

Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants, wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate neuroscience care setting for the duration of the programme.

Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Gastrointestinal Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert This programme is designed for registered nurses involved in the delivery of gastrointestinal nursing or with considerable relevant experience. Gain a sound theoretical base and extend the depth of clinical knowledge to advance in this area. Entry requirements In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be registered nurses involved in the delivery of gastrointestinal nursing or have considerable relevant experience. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Leadership) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A programme for managers and leaders employed in healthcare organisations in a practice role involving regular patient/client contact. Learn theories of leadership and develop an enhanced repertoire of leadership skills and styles. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Nurse Practitioner/Community Matron/Case Manager) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A programme for experienced community nurses who wish to achieve the competencies to work as advanced nurse practitioners or to work in advanced case management roles. The programme meets recognised international and national standards for nurse practitioner roles. Modules taken include core research modules, advanced assessment and independent non-medical prescribing. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be working in a primary care setting. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Advanced Practice (Palliative Care Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert This programme is especially useful if you intend to become or are already a clinical nurse specialist, keen to develop palliative care nursing services, and to be engaged in the practice or the preparation of others. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing/Public Health/School Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert This programme is intended for experienced nurses who wish to gain entry to part three of the NMC nursing register as a health visitor or school nurse. Core modules include public health, minor ailments or family assessment, leadership, evidence-based practice and healthcare research. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be working in a relevant practice area or have secured sponsorship for full-time study. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

Advanced Practice (Womenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Healthcare) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A programme which develops and enhances specialist clinical skills in sexual and reproductive health assessment, screening, contraception, sexually transmitted infection management, communication and leadership, to provide a comprehensive and accessible service. Entry requirements See Advanced Practice. In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact in a womenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s healthcare setting. Background knowledge and experience in sexual and reproductive healthcare is desirable. Duration & location See Advanced Practice.

excellence

Institute of Psychiatry The Institute is one of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s largest and most reputable postgraduate teaching and research centres in mental health related sciences. Students have the opportunity to learn from some of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most influential researchers and practitioners.

www.kcl.ac.uk

• Highest research power of any UK institution in the area of neuroscience, clinical psychology and psychiatry (2008 RAE). • The Institute is the most cited research centre for psychiatry and psychology outside of the US. • The Institute is unique in offering MSc and PhD opportunities across all areas of mental health science, including psychology, psychiatry and neuroscience, on one campus. • First class facilities including the largest library in Europe dedicated to psychiatry and related disciplines. Students welcome to attend the Institute’s full programme of national and international symposia and conferences. • Students benefit from access to a huge clinical population and a variety of clinical placements through partnership with South London & Maudsley NHS Trust and King’s Health Partners.

INSTITUTE OF PSYCHIATRY

he Institute of Psychiatry (IoP), King’s College London, is one of the world’s largest postgraduate centres for research and teaching in psychiatry, psychology, and allied disciplines, including basic and clinical neurosciences. In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, the IoP was judged to have the highest research power of any UK institution within the areas of clinical psychology, neuroscience and psychiatry.

The IoP is world renowned for the quality of its research and for psychiatry and psychology the Institute is the fourth most cited research centre in the world – and the single largest outside the US. Our international impact is strong across psychology; neuroscience; addictions; child and adolescent psychiatry; clinical neuroscience; forensic and neurodevelopmental sciences; health service and population research; old age psychiatry; psychological medicine; psychosis studies; and social, genetic and developmental psychiatry. Our students enjoy unrivalled learning opportunities, supported by strong partnerships with NHS Trusts, industry and healthcare organisations. Our partnerships with the NHS means that students benefit from a range of clinical placements as part of their MSc/PG Dip programme and our research students have access to a large clinical population. Students are able to network with international leaders in the field and have the opportunity to attend a wide range of symposia, workshops and conferences as part of their studies. Students who have set their sights on future careers as practitioners within mental health services, or as researchers, have the chance not only to learn from international opinion leaders, but also to network with influential collaborators of the future.

Induction & training There is an induction day for all new students on the first day of term. An induction programme for research students is held during the first week of term and subsequent training sessions are run to support research students during their studies. A variety of training courses are held throughout the year. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus Address Institute of Psychiatry Denmark Hill De Crespigny Park London SE5 8AF Contact See individual programme entries Tel 020 7848 8391 Email pg-healthadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.iop.kcl.ac.uk

Funding PhD Studentships advertised at: www.kcl.ac.uk/schools/health/study/ studentships Graduate School: www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

Facilities The Institute shares the same site as the worldfamous Maudsley Hospital, which is part of the South London and Maudsley NHS Trust (SlaM) – one of the largest mental health providers in Europe. Research Centres at the Institute include the Medical Research Council Social, Genetic and Developmental Psychiatry Centre; the Centre for Neuroimaging Sciences (includes three of the latest functional magnetic resonance imaging machines); the Centre for Cellular Basis of Behaviour; the MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration Research and the Psychosis Centre (which brings together experts in the fields of schizophrenia, Bipolar Disorder, Alzheimers Disease and Motor Neurone Disease). King’s is committed to translational research and is proud to be the only university in the country to host three National Institute for Health Research Biomedical Research Centres (BRCs) and six Medical Research Council centres. At the IoP we partner with SLaM to host the only specialist BRC for Mental Health in the UK working towards better treatment, earlier diagnosis and individualised healthcare. The IoP is also part of King’s Health Partners, a pioneering collaboration between King’s College London, Guy’s and St Thomas’, King’s College Hospital and SlaM. Students are encouraged to take advantage of the extensive range of training courses available at the IoP and across King’s. Students have access to the largest library in Europe dedicated to psychiatry and related disciplines, and are also entitled to use facilities and libraries at the other King’s campuses. Group study areas are available for interactive/peer-led learning and flexible revision space is available for peak study periods. There is a dedicated suite for imaging research and one-way mirror rooms for clinical case presentations. Other resources include a refurbished self-service restaurant and coffee area for informal meetings, shared by both students and staff.

www.kcl.ac.uk

staff Profile

Research opportunities

‘My area of interest is the biology of psychosis and antipsychotic drug action on the brain, particularly the role of brain receptors and neurotransmitters, and the effect of antipsychotic drugs on brain and behaviour. The Institute of Psychiatry offers research students interested in mental health and related neurosciences the optimum environment in which to conduct their research. Students have access to a vast clinical population and the academic supervision and facilities available are second to none.’ Professor Shitij Kapur Dean and Head of School, Institute of Psychiatry

There are over 350 PhD/MPhil students at the Institute, who come from a wide range of backgrounds. Research covers the broadest spectrum: from molecular genetics and biology, to neuroscience, neuroimaging, clinical research studies, psychological studies and new treatments; from longitudinal studies, clinical trials, bio-statistics, epidemiology and health services research, to transcultural studies. Students have access to a large clinical population and benefit from close guidance from supervisors, many of whom are involved in ground breaking research. King’s offers the MD(Res) qualification to practicing clinicians and also runs an outstanding Researcher Development Programme which is designed to meet the individual training needs of our research students. The programme has been developed to ensure we produce the most qualified, experienced and employable researchers.

Addictions MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

Head of Programme Dr Sabine Landau

The Department, which is also known as the National Addiction Centre (NAC), is one of Europe’s leading research centres in addiction science. As a Clinical Academic Group the Addictions Department has close links with the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust and neighbouring hospitals. The emphasis of our research is on ‘what works’ in the prevention and treatment of substance misuse. PhD projects are available in areas related to the development of new treatment services for alcohol, smoking and drug problems in the UK and includes studies seeking to understand the genetic and biological bases of addictive behaviour, as well as policy driven projects and treatment outcome studies. Professor John Strang who heads the Department is one of the UK’s leading experts in addiction and one of only six Addiction Research scientists outside North America who is listed in isihighlycited.com

Entry requirements See Addictions entry for details.

Head of Programme Professor John Strang Entry Requirements Applicants should possess a minimum of an upper second class honours degree from a UK university or the overseas equivalent. Applicants whose qualifications have been gained outside the UK need to demonstrate that their background and experience, general education and scholarship are appropriate. All applicants need to possess an adequate level of English competence. Please contact iop.educationsupport@kcl.ac.uk for further information.

Biostatistics MPhil/PhD/ MD(Res) Our academic statisticians carry out much collaborative and applied statistical research. Recent examples include: mixture modelling in imaging; robustness of methods for analysing longitudinal data to misspecification of covariance matrix; confirmatory factor analysis of Gulf War data; point pattern analysis of neurons; fMRI time-series modelling; multilevel modelling of violent incidents; cluster analysis for psychological measurement scales.

Child & Adolescent Psychiatry MPhil/PhD The Department’s research includes basic and applied clinical studies, with a particular focus on both common and rarer but severe disorders beginning in childhood often persisting into adulthood. The disorders studied in the Department include: attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), autism spectrum disorder (ASD) such as hyperactivity, autism, learning disabilities, conduct disorder, anxiety, depression, deliberate self harm and eating disorders. Research groups make use of a range of methods including epidemiology, neuroimaging, behaviour and molecular genetics and treatment studies. The Department is unique in the UK for the breadth of its research interests, methodologies applied and its close links with clinical services. Head of Programme Professor Emily Simonoff Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 UK degree/ overseas equivalent. Applicants whose qualifications have been gained outside the United Kingdom need to demonstrate that their background and experience, general education and scholarship are appropriate. All applicants need to possess an adequate level of English competence.

Clinical Neuroscience MPhil/PhD The Department of Clinical Neuroscience is one of the leading academic units for clinical neuroscience in the UK. Research in the Department is focused on neurodegenerative disorders, epilepsy and stroke, and builds on collaborations with the Institute’s Departments of Neuroscience and Psychology. Research programmes within the Department include: Motor neurone disease and related disorders - The Department hosts the King’s MND Care and Research Centre, one of the world’s leading centres for MND research

100

INSTITUTE OF PSYCHIATRY

and the development of new treatments; Movement disorders (particularly atypical Parkinsonian syndromes such as PSP and MSA); Epileptology, with particular interest in developing new electrophysiological, neuroimaging and cognitive approaches to understanding epilepsy and developing approved methods of assessing patients for epilepsy surgery; Neurogenetics, particularly linkage studies and complex genetics in MND, Parkinsonian disorders and epilepsy; Acute brain injury. Head of Programme Professor Christopher E Shaw Entry requirements See Addictions entry for details. Research groups Experimental Neurology Research group leader: Professor Ammar Al-Chalabi Neuropathology Research group leader: Dr Safa Al-Sarraj Population Neurology Research group leader: Professor Leone Ridsdale Epilepsy Research group leader: Professor Mark Richardson Neurodegeneration Research group leader: Dr Jean-Marc Gallo Stroke & Brain Injury Research group leader: Professor Lalit Kalra

Doctorate in Clinical Psychology DClinPsy Recognised professional training leading to registration as a Chartered Clinical Psychologist. The emphasis is on an applied scientific approach to clinical problems within a predominantly cognitive-behavioural framework. Taught through formal lectures, workshops and tutorial work with clinical experience and supervision provided. Accreditation Registration as a Chartered Clinical Psychologist. Entry requirements A 2:1 first degree in psychology, or an appropriate master’s degree, qualifying the applicant for postgraduate registration with the British Psychological Society, plus one year’s relevant clinical experience (except in exceptional circumstances). Duration Three years FT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Forensic & Neurodevelopmental Science MPhil/PhD We are one of the few teams in the world bringing together experts in brain development and antisocial behaviour. Our research team sits on numerous National and International steering and advisory groups (including UK government task forces on ADHD, autism, and offenders). We also hold numerous project and programme grants from the MRC, the Wellcome Trust and NIH (USA). Our work has led to, 1) the development of totally new reliable and accurate diagnostic ‘biomarkers’ for neurodevelopmental disorders associated with abnormalities in social behaviour; 2) novel insights into the key role of serotonin and glutamate in brain development and social behaviour; 3) the first in vivo studies of infant brain myelination, and the effect of maternal stress and mental illness on this process; 4) innovative new methods for measuring the development of brain ‘connectivity’; and understanding how abnormalities in this lead to deficits in language and empathy, and antisocial behaviour; 5) identification of new biomarkers in adolescents which are associated with increased risk of developing mental health problems in later life. Head of Programme Professor Declan Murphy Entry requirements See Addictions entry for details.

Health Service & Population Research MPhil/PhD The Department, established in 1999, promotes and conducts mental health services and epidemiological research in the local community, the UK, and internationally. It comprises three Research Centres and aims to conduct high-quality health service and population research in mental health relevant to policy and practice, nationally and internationally; to enable and encourage service user and carer involvement in mental health research; to provide teaching and training in health service and population research skills; and to communicate research findings to those able to benefit from this knowledge. The Health Service & Population Research Group has been honoured with the Queen’s Anniversary Prize for Higher and Further Education 2009. Head of Programme Professor Graham Thornicroft Entry requirements See Addictions entry for details. Research groups Centre for Innovation & Evaluation in Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Sube Banerjee Centre for Public Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Martin Prince Centre for the Economics of Mental Health (cemH)

Research group leader: Professor Martin Knapp Section for Mental Health & Learning Disability Research group leader: Professor Tom Craig Section of Community Mental Health Research group leader: Dr Claire Henderson Section of Epidemiology Research group leader: Dr Rob Stewart Section of Mental Health & Ageing Research group leader: Professor Sube Banerjee Section of Mental Health Nursing Research group leader: Professor Len Bowers Section of Mental Health Policy (including WHO collaborating centre for research & training in mental health) Research group leader: Professor Rachel Jenkins Section of Primary Care Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Andre Tylee Service User Research Enterprise (SURE) Research group leader: Professor Til Wykes and Dr Diana Rose Social & Cultural Psychiatry Research group leader: Dr Craig Morgan Section for Recovery Research group leader: Dr Mike Slade Section of Women’s Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Louise Howard

Neuroimaging MPhil/PhD Neuroimaging at the IoP is world renowned. The Department is embedded in the Centre for Neuroimaging Sciences (CNS www.neuroimagingsciences.com), a joint venture between the IoP and the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust (SLaM). The Centre provides, under one roof, an interdisciplinary research environment that combines the development of high resolution structural, functional and metabolic mapping techniques, with expertise in the definition, diagnosis and treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders. The CNS houses a dedicated GE 3T Signa HD.x MRI scanner, a GE 1.5T Signa HD.x clinical scanner. Both machines are capable of performing functional, spectroscopic, anatomical and pathological mapping techniques. Current research projects span neurodegeneration, epilepsy, stroke, psychosis, affective disorders, developmental disorders and normal brain function using a battery of neuroimaging techniques including perfusion, diffusion, functional and structural imaging. Our overall long-term objective is to translate ongoing pre-clinical developments in neuroimaging to the clinic, improving diagnosis and treatment. Head of Programme Professor Steve Williams Entry Requirements See Addictions entry for details.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Neuroscience MPhil/PhD The world-leading Department of Neuroscience at the Institute of Psychiatry conducts research into the molecular basis of neurodegeneration, focusing on the way the brain degenerates in Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, motor neurone disease, and the transmissible spongiform encephalopathies. Research also focuses on neural stem cells and on the neurobiology of mental health, especially on understanding the cellular organisation of the cerebral cortex in relation to the neurodevelopmental hypotheses of schizophrenia. Our principal achievements have centred around (1) derivation, characterisation and application of neural stem cells and (2) understanding genetic and molecular mechanisms that underlie neurodegenerative and psychiatric disorders. Head of Programme Professor Noel Buckley Entry requirements Minimum UK 2:1 first degree/ overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject; or an appropriate registration qualification awarded by a university in medicine/overseas equivalent; or an appropriate postgraduate degree; or an approved professional or other qualification obtained by written examination. Certain studentships subject to eligibility. Research groups Centre for Cellular Basis of Behaviour (CCBB) Research group leader: Professor Jack Price MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration Research Research group leader: Professor Chris Shaw Section of Neuroscience Research group leader: Professor Noel Buckley

Old Age Psychiatry & Dementia MPhil/PhD Members of the Department’s team carry out biological and clinical research that we believe will have an important impact upon our understanding of dementia and other mental illnesses that affect older people and lead to the development of better treatments. We do this by working in close collaboration with the IoP’s Department of Neuroscience, MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration and NIHR Biomedical Research Centre for Mental Health. Our research into the basic biology of Alzheimer’s disease, the clinical features and aetiology of psychosis in later life and the conduct of randomised controlled trials is internationally regarded. We have a particular commitment to the conduct of high quality independent clinical trials because the results of these can impact positively upon the availability of effective treatments. Head of Programme Professor Robert Howard Entry Requirements See Addictions entry for details.

Psychological Medicine MPhil/PhD The Department of Psychological Medicine focuses on the interface between psychiatry and medicine, psychiatry and occupation, psychiatry and the military, and psychiatry in different settings. The disorders of interest are those of the common mental disorders, such as depression, anxiety, perinatal psychiatry, eating disorders and stress related disorders. The principal research methodologies used within the department are epidemiological, clinical and psychological research, including cross sectional studies, cohort studies and randomised controlled trials. Head of Programme Professor Simon Wessely Entry requirements See Addictions entry for details. Research groups Cancer Research UK Promoting Early Presentation Group Research group leader: Professor Amanda J Ramirez King’s Centre for Military Health Research Research group leader: Professor Simon C Wessely Section of General Hospital Psychiatry Research group leader: Professor Matthew Hotopf Section of Eating Disorders Research group leader: Professor Ulrike H Schmidt Section of Family Therapy Research group leader: Professor Ivan Eisler Section of Neurobiology of Mood Disorders Research group leader: Dr Anthony Cleare Section of Neuropsychiatry Research group leader: Professor Michael D Kopelman Section of Perinatal Psychiatry and the Stress, Psychiatry and Immunology laboratory (SPI-Lab) Research group leader: Dr Carmine Pariante Trauma Studies Research group leader: Dr Metin Basoglu

Psychology MPhil/PhD/DClinPsy The department represents one of the world’s largest groupings of clinical and health psychologists in the UK. It has established a strong and multi-stranded international reputation for its research and its pioneering development of cognitive-behavioural therapy for the treatment of neurosis and psychosis. Its training course (Doctorate in Clinical Psychology (DClinPsy), has established the scientist/practitioner model now followed almost universally in this field. (Please note the DClinPsy has a different admissions process from the PhD). The research interests of the department staff span the fields of clinical psychology, health psychology, forensic psychology and neuropsychology. The clinician psychologies in the department also offer an expert service to the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust and to King’s College Hospital NHS Trust.

101

Head of Programme Professor Elizabeth Kuipers Entry requirements See Addictions entry for details.

Psychosis Studies MPhil/PhD The Department of Psychosis Studies is one of the world’s largest research groups focused on psychosis, comprising over 100 staff. These include leading academics with expertise in the application of genetics, epidemiology, psychopathology, neuroimaging, cognition, and psychopharmacology in this field. The Department has received the highest possible rating in the UK Research Assessment Exercise (5*and 4*) in the last two reviews 2001 and 2008, and attracts students and staff from all over the world. The research carried out by the Department is focused on understanding the causes of psychosis and the mechanisms underlying psychosis, and includes work on all forms of psychosis, including subclinical symptoms, high risk groups, and schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. The direct integration of this research activity with high quality clinical services for psychosis ensures that clinical practice is informed by the latest research findings, and that research and teaching reflect current clinical priorities. Head of Programme Professor Philip McGuire Entry Requirements See Addictions entry for details.

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MPhil/PhD The centre’s scientific goal is to undertake interdisciplinary research and training, bringing together developmental, genetic and environmental strategies in order to understand how nature and nurture interact in the development of complex behavioural disorders and dimensions. Research focuses on key common mental health problems that are most likely to profit from a developmental nature-nurture interdisciplinary strategy, including: emotional disorders (especially anxiety and depression), disorders involving disruptive behaviour (including attention deficit hyperactivity disorder) and disorders involving cognitive problems (including problems related to theory of mind, executive function and language). Head of Programme Professor Robert Plomin Entry requirements See Addictions entry for details.

102

INSTITUTE OF PSYCHIATRY

student Profile

Taught programmes The Institute offers the widest range of mental health postgraduate programmes in the UK. Specialised postgraduate programmes are taught in small groups by staff with research and clinical expertise. Taught programmes are offered on a full-time or part-time basis, and range from short courses to master’s degrees. Some programmes have been designed for mental health professionals including psychiatrists, psychologists, therapists, mental health nurses and substance abuse workers, and others have been designed for health science postgraduates who wish to pursue further study in the mental health field in an academic research environment, or to seek employment in an academic, clinical or pharmaceutical organisation. MSC & PG DIP/PG CERT

‘I was able to secure an Economic, Social Research Council and Medical Research Councils’ Interdisciplinary Studentship with the support of King’s staff, which has funded me throughout my course. King’s has a very supportive and encouraging study environment. Students not only have access to a number of academic services such as excellent libraries and fantastic training courses but also social facilities such as the Waterfront student bar which overlooks the Thames and provides excellent views of London!’ Georgina Hosang Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MPhil/PhD

Advanced Psychosocial Practice with Children & Adults MSc/PG Dip Teaches students innovative skills in advanced psychosocial practice which are informed by recent research. Students not only refresh their knowledge and learn and practise new skills, they are also taught how to critically appraise relevant empirical research studies and undertake their own original research. Accreditation This programme is a pathway of the MSc in Mental Health Social Work with Children & Adults, with students undertaking the same modules, but is not accredited by the General Social Care Council. Entry requirements A relevant first degree. A recognised qualification in health or social care plus at least two years’ relevant post-qualifying experience. You must have access to current relevant case material for presentation on the programme. Duration Two years PT. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Child & Adolescent Mental Health MSc For international and UK-based psychiatrists, paediatricians and psychologists to develop skills in diagnosis, formulation and planning therapeutic interventions, service design, monitoring and evaluation. Includes taught modules, clinical placements and a research project. Leads to enhanced skills and knowledge in child mental health. Entry requirements Medical qualification with postgraduate experience or qualification in psychology/paediatrics/clinical psychology plus three years’ postgraduate experience working with children with mental health problems, or working in paediatrics/psychiatry/psychology. Duration One year FT, September to September. Two years PT for UK-based clinicians. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Clinical Forensic Psychiatry MSc Aims to produce expert clinicians in the field of forensic mental health. There are six modules including: mental disorders, antisocial behaviours and criminal offending; risk management, treatment and services for mentally disordered persons and civil and criminal law affecting individuals with mental disorders. Exceptional opportunities for clinical and research training with a distinguished multidisciplinary team. Entry requirements 2:1 or overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject. Applicants must be experienced and practising clinicians working with forensic patients, eg psychiatrists (ST4+, staff grade, consultants), chartered psychologists, experienced mental health nurses, occupational therapists or social workers. Duration One year FT, two years PT, three years PT September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus; placements take place at various locations.

Clinical Forensic Psychology MSc Equips psychology postgraduates with the skills necessary to work with mentally ill offenders. Emphasis on evidence-based and reflective practice. Exceptional opportunities for clinical and research training with teaching from a distinguished multidisciplinary team. Placement two days per week in a clinical forensic setting. Accreditation Re-accreditation pending from the Divison of Forensic Psychology, British Psychological Society. Entry requirements A psychology degree (minimum 2:1) which is accredited by the British Psychological Society. Students who are applying from outside the UK, or who do not have a BPS accredited Bachelors degree in Psychology, must check with the British Psychological Society (BPS) to see if they qualify for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC). To apply for GBC, download the form at www.bps.org.uk. The application process should take two to three weeks. Applicants should also have a minimum of one year’s clinical or forensic experience by time of entry to programme, and ideally at time of application. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus; placements take place at various locations.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Clinical Neuroscience MSc Gain a unique understanding of the underlying principles of neurological symptoms, signs, investigations and diseases. Emphasis is given to translation from basic science to clinical practice. Leads to work in the field of neurology and the ability to advise and train clinical colleagues. Entry requirements A degree (2:1 or higher preferable) in medical science or a biological subject with a neurobiological component. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to June. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies PG Dip Apply for this programme via www.jobs.nhs.uk. High-intensity programme, within the Department of Health initiative Improving Access to Psychological Therapies. For mental health practitioners seeking post-qualification specialist training in CBT who are employed at NHS IAPT sites. Develops practical skills and critical understanding of the theoretical and empirical base of CBT. Accreditation Towards BABCP therapist accreditation. Entry requirements A professional qualification relating to one of the mental health professions. A university degree or equivalent is desirable. We give preference to candidates who can demonstrate experience in systematic therapies and are committed to the CBT approach. Access to suitable CBT training cases, ie straightforward depression and anxiety, is compulsory. Duration One year FT. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies for Children & Adolescents PG Dip Equips practitioners working in outpatient clinical services with the skills necessary to use CBT for common problems affecting young people (mild to moderate anxiety and depressive disorders and mild behaviour disorders). The Department of Psychology is a world-renowned centre of excellence in research on CBT. Accreditation This programme contributes to but does not fulfil the BABCP supervision/training requirements necessary for registration as an accredited CBT therapist. Entry requirements Applicants must be employed as a mental health professional (psychiatry, clinical psychology, mental health nursing) by the NHS or the HSE in Ireland and have access to suitable training cases and videotape facilities. Duration One year FT, (on campus Fridays only) September to July. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) for Psychosis PG Dip Equips mental health professionals, working with people with schizophrenia spectrum psychotic illness, with a critical understanding of psychological models of psychosis and their evidence base, enabling them to become skilled and creative practitioners and trainers. Includes state-of-the-art developments in cognitive behavioural therapies. Accreditation This programme contributes to but does not fulfil the BABCP supervision/training requirements necessary for registration as an accredited CBT therapist. Entry requirements Applicants must have a recognised professional mental health qualification obtained by a formal examination, with postqualification experience of working with people with severe and enduring mental health problems (eg clinical psychologists, psychiatrists and RMNs). Applicants must also work in NHS Trust mental health services and have access to settings where they can access suitable clients (ie for the purposes of training cases with relatively uncomplicated psychosis are preferable), and are able to work with selected cases over a long period of time (ie six months or longer). Duration One year FT, September to September. (Attendance is Thursdays only at the Institute of Psychiatry). Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Epilepsy MSc Multidisciplinary programme covering topics related to all aspects of human epilepsy, from underlying neurobiological mechanisms to clinical aspects and psycho-social consequences. Core modules and a research project include practical experience in clinical or research departments. Entry requirements UK first degree/an overseas equivalent in a biological or medical science. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Family Interventions in Psychosis PG Dip Intensive and detailed supervision with workshop teaching. Students gain enhanced clinical skills and work with a range of client and family presentations through case studies and assessed recordings of therapy sessions. Critical awareness of the strengths, weaknesses and appropriateness of FI for different clients. Accreditation Foundation level Accreditation with Association for Family Therapy pending.

103

Entry requirements Applicants must have a recognised mental health qualification obtained by a formal examination, with post-qualification experience of working with people with severe and enduring mental health problems (eg clinical psychologists, psychiatrists, and RMNs). Applicants must also work in NHS Trust mental health services and have access to settings where they can access suitable clients (ie for purposes of training cases), and are able to work with selected cases over a long period of time (ie six months or longer). Duration One year FT, September to September. (Attendance is Wednesdays only at the Institute of Psychiatry). Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Family Therapy Grad Cert For professionals working in a mental health setting, including: nurses, GPs, paediatricians, psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, occupational therapists who wish to complete an intermediate level programme in family therapy, or aim to incorporate systemic work in existing clinical practice. Accreditation Accredited at intermediate level by the Association for Family Therapy and Systemic Practice and the UK Council for Psychotherapy. Entry requirements Relevant degree and/or relevant professional training and experience in clinical or similar setting. Duration Nine months FT, September to June (PT version for employees of selected NHS Trusts, two academic years). Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Family Therapy MSc Comprehensive clinical training in family therapy leading towards registration with UK Council for Psychotherapy as a systemic family therapist. Includes supervised clinical work with families in both adult and child mental health settings; strong focus on training professionals to work within multidisciplinary environments. Accreditation Leads towards registration with UK Council for Psychotherapy as a systemic family therapist. Entry requirements First degree in a relevant subject such as psychology, medicine, social work, social science, nursing studies or education and/or professional qualification in a mental health-related programme. Significant clinical experience and an intermediate qualification in family therapy is required. Duration One year FT, September to September, two years PT (PT for selected NHS Trusts). Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

104

INSTITUTE OF PSYCHIATRY

Forensic Mental Health Science MSc

Identification of Alcohol & Drug Use in the Workplace PG Cert

Mental Health Service & Population Research MSc

For psychiatrists or postgraduates in psychology, neuroscience, mental health nursing or similar disciplines. Develops necessary skills for scientific work on aetiology and effective treatment of mentally disordered offenders. Exceptional opportunities for research training with teaching from a distinguished multidisciplinary team. Ideal step towards a PhD.

This programme, supported by NHSPLUS, has been designed for occupational health professionals, drug workers and HR professionals. Students explore the screening, identification, policy and occupational health management of alcohol and drug use in the workplace.

Provides grounding in the ethical and scientific principles common to all mental health research disciplines; skills in statistics; epidemiological and social research methodologies. Leads to studying for PhD and enhanced careers in mental health and social care as clinicians, managers and policy makers.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 UK degree/ overseas equivalent, which should have included at least an introduction to empirical research in a health-related field (medicine, chemistry, biology, medical sociology, nursing, psychology, criminology, anthropology or any other social science or science degree). Candidates are expected to demonstrate an enthusiasm for using scientific research to examine the aetiology of antisocial and criminal behaviours among persons with mental disorders and effective strategies for treating persons who present these complex multiple disorders. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Health Psychology MSc Accredited by the British Psychological Society as training towards becoming a Chartered Health Psychologist. Run jointly with University College London. Thorough grounding in the main findings, theories and methods providing training for researchers in health psychology, and examines the applicability of psychological interventions. Accreditation Accredited by the British Psychological Society as Stage One training towards becoming a Chartered Health Psychologist. Entry requirements A psychology degree (minimum 2:1) which is accredited by the British Psychological Society. Students who are applying from outside the UK, or who do not have a BPS accredited Bachelors degree in Psychology, must check with the British Psychological Society (BPS) to see if they qualify for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC). To apply for GBC, download the form at www.bps.org.uk. The application process should take two to three weeks.

Entry requirements Health science degree or professional qualification in occupational health/human resources/nursing or training and experience working in substance abuse field or occupational health. Duration PT, six months. Starts May. Location Institute of Psychiatry, King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

International Addiction Studies MSc Apply via University of Adelaide: www.adelaide.edu.au/addiction. Delivered entirely online and operated by three of the top research institutions in addictions: Institute of Psychiatry; Virginia Commonwealth University; University of Adelaide. Unique amongst master’s programmes offered in the UK, the emphasis is on translation of research into practice and substance abuse policy. Entry requirements First degree or equivalent (in either medicine or psychology; or in any subject, followed by a relevant health-related postgraduate diploma or certificate); or other qualifications and experience which demonstrate ability. Preference to applicants with clinical experience in the substance misuse field. Duration One year FT, two years PT, August to August. Location Online, with access to facilities at King’s, University of Adelaide and Virginia Commonwealth University.

Mental Health in Learning Disabilities MSc

Duration One year FT (two days per week) or two years PT (one day per week).

For healthcare professionals, psychology postgraduates, social workers and managers in learning disabilities services. The course aims to expand the knowledge and skills of clinicians working with service users and enhance the analytical skills required for service development.

Location Teaching is at Psychology Unit, Guy’s Campus, Guy’s, King’s & St Thomas’, and the Academic Department of Psychiatry/Behavioural Sciences, Middlesex Hospital Campus, University College London.

Entry requirements Students should hold a relevant first degree (minimum 2:1 for full-time study; 2:2 acceptable for part-time study) OR an equivalent professional qualification. Experience working in the mental health field is desirable but not essential. Duration One year FT, two years PT, October to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Entry requirements A 2:1 degree or overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject (psychology, social science or health science); or a registerable qualification appropriate to the programme in medicine or overseas equivalent; or a professional mental health qualification. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Mental Health Social Work with Children & Adults MSc/PG Dip Accredited by the General Social Care Council to provide the Post-Qualifying Award in Advanced Social Work. Strong track record in developing confident, advanced practitioners through learning practical and research skills, and advances in antidiscriminatory ways of working. Also ideal base for further research or teaching. Accreditation The programme is accredited by the General Social Care Council to provide the PostQualifying Award in Advanced Social Work. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 from a UK university, or an overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject is essential. However, in exceptional circumstances, candidates with substantial social work experience who possess alternative qualifications may be considered. A social work qualification and a PostQualifying (PQ) Award in Social Work or its equivalent is essential. A minimum of two years’ post-qualifying experience in social work is required for entrance onto the programme. Registration with the General Social Care Council is essential. Students also need to be working in, or have access to, practice environments from which they can draw case examples. Duration Two years PT, September to July. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Mental Health Studies MSc Theory, practice and research in mental health. Clinical Placement Scheme enables students to get exposure to clinical work. Offers exciting opportunities in research. Continuing professional development for practitioners or preparation for career in clinical psychology. Entry requirements Students should hold a relevant first degree (minimum 2:1 for full-time study; 2:2 acceptable for part-time study) OR an equivalent professional qualification. Experience working in the mental health field is desirable but not essential. Duration One year FT, two years PT, October to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

Neuroscience MSc The programme provides multidisciplinary training in a range of neuroscience topics, especially those that are relevant to psychiatry and neurology, through taught compulsory modules and a choice of optional, specialised modules, both taught and research. Students may graduate with an MSc Neuroscience in a speciality. Entry requirements A second class honours degree from a UK university, or an overseas qualification of an equivalent standard, obtained after a programme of study extending over not less than three years in a university (or educational institution of university rank), in an appropriate subject or an approved professional or other qualification obtained by a formal examination or, for medical students, as an intercalated MSc. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Organisational Psychiatry & Psychology MSc Draws on contemporary psychological, psychiatric and organisational theory and evidence to examine the causes, effects and consequences of mental ill health in the workplace. Leads to careers in HR departments or as organisational consultants. Develops consultancy skills. Entry requirements Students should hold a relevant first degree (minimum 2:1 for full-time study; 2:2 acceptable for part-time study) or an equivalent professional qualification. Experience working in the mental health field is desirable but not essential. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Psychiatric Research MSc Develops advanced skills in psychiatric and psychological research methods. Hypothesis formulation, study design, data gathering, research management, data analysis and protocol design. NHS volunteer programme available for students interested in gaining clinical experience. Ideal step towards a PhD or Doctorate in Clinical Psychology. Entry requirements A 2:1 degree or overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject (psychology, social science or health science); or a registerable qualification appropriate to the programme in medicine or overseas equivalent; or a professional mental health qualification. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MSc The first of a four-year programme leading to a PhD. Gain research training at the interface between social, genetic and developmental psychiatry and within an ethos of interdisciplinary and collaborative research. Tailored to facilitate your learning objectives in relation to statistics and core research areas. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject or overseas equivalent; or a registerable qualification appropriate to the programme in medicine, or overseas equivalent; or a professional or other qualification obtained by an approved formal examination. Applications from biology, genetics, biochemistry and statistics postgraduates are particularly welcome, although other backgrounds, including psychology and interdisciplinary fields are also suitable. Duration One year FT, September to September. Upon successful completion of the MSc, students will be expected to register for MPhil/PhD which will last another three years. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus.

War & Psychiatry MSc/PG Dip Develop skills and knowledge about the way individuals respond to psychological trauma. Drawing on multidisciplinary expertise, you compare the experiences of different nations to identify both theoretical and practical elements. Ideal for careers in military psychiatry and related NGO, emergency and anti-terrorist services. Entry requirements A first degree or equivalent in medicine or psychology; or a 2:1 first degree in any subject; or other qualifications and experience which demonstrate an ability to undertake the programme. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Location King’s Denmark Hill Campus; Strand Campus.

105

106

excellence

School of Social Science & Public Policy The School is one of the largest UK university groupings focusing on policy-oriented research in a multidisciplinary environment. Our approach enables us to develop insights from a wide range of perspectives to tackle some of the most important social, political and ethical issues of our time.

www.kcl.ac.uk

107

• Strong tradition of contributing to public life and policy, with the British Government and key international organisations on our doorstep. • An international reputation for excellence in scholarship and policy-relevant research. • Departments achieved high ratings in successive Research Assessment Exercises. • Supports professional development of future leaders in education, management and public service. • Research leader in urban sustainability, the impact of environmental change, security, human resources and public sector management, education and health, age and ageing. • One of the world’s largest groupings of scholars devoted to the study of all aspects of war and conflict and the broad remit of international relations.

108

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

he School of Social Science & Public Policy comprises the departments of Education & Professional Studies, Geography, Management, Political Economy, Defence Studies, War Studies and the Institute of Gerontology to form one of the largest UK university groupings focusing on policy-orientated research and teaching in a multidisciplinary environment. It is this variety of specialisms and our approach to working in teams comprising different disciplines – and our postgraduate students – which enable us to develop insights from a wide range of perspectives to tackle some of the most important social, political and ethical issues of our time.

These include: urban sustainability and climate change, new security uncertainties and risks, the changing nature of war and conflict, age and ageing, the ethics of biomedical innovation, scientific literacy and cultural inclusion, social cohesion in multi-faith societies, inequalities in health and education, public service reform and the future of the professions. Our excellence is consistently recognised in national and international league tables and research awards, and in the appointment of staff to influential positions within their wider international scholarly communities, eg as editors of some of the major social science journals and members of Research Council review panels. As part of our long-standing commitment to influential policy-relevant scholarship the School maintains close and productive links with key national and international policy, practitioner and activist communities. The School’s Londonbased departments are on the Waterloo and Strand campuses of the College, both of which are in the heart of London with easy access to the policy community and the cultural and intellectual heart of the city. The School’s Defence Studies Department is housed within the UK Defence Academy at Shrivenham and at the RAF College in Cranwell.

Induction & training

Location Strand Campus Address School of Social Science & Public Policy King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Tel 020 7848 1977/7206 Email sspp-graduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/schools/sspp

The School’s constituent departments each run a tailored induction and training programme for new students. Postgraduate research students also benefit from a series of induction events and the researcher development programme organised by the College’s Graduate School. Research students will agree and review a programme of training with their supervisor at the start of each academic year.

Funding For students coming to the School to undertake a postgraduate degree programme sources of funding are diverse, and in some cases disciplinespecific. All of the doctoral programmes, and a number of taught postgraduate programmes within the School are eligible for funding by the Economic & Social Research Council (ESRC).

In addition, our students are funded by the ESRC to undertake projects in collaboration with non-academic partners. Our students are also funded by several other UK research councils (including NERC, EPSRC and AHRC), as well as by major charities (eg Wellcome Trust, Leverhulme) and through research grants held by staff from a wide range of organisations including UK and overseas governments, the European Union, NATO, and the US National Science Foundation. Overseas students are often supported by British Council scholarships, Commonwealth Studentships, as well as by their home governments and the Commonwealth Foundation. Each year, a significant number of new students within the School are awarded funding by the College’s Graduate School.

Facilities The departments of Geography and War Studies are housed in the south range of King’s College London’s Grade I listed building on the Strand Campus. The building underwent a £40 million refurbishment in 2006, which included the addition of high quality, dedicated postgraduate teaching and research space; and new social and dining facilities for students. The Department of Geography has two laboratories dedicated to the work of the Environmental Monitoring & Modelling research group, and some of these facilities are also used within the department’s postgraduate teaching programmes. The department has a dedicated Experimental Hydrology and Geomorphology Laboratory, equipped with a sand fall flume, and 8m3 soil test facility and a cloud-chamber for simulating moisture conditions within tropical cloud forests. The Department has an extensive range of field equipment for atmospheric, land surface and sub-surface investigations. Students in the Department of War Studies have access to the collections at the Liddell Hart Centre for Military Archives, a leading repository for research into modern defence policy in Britain. There are Graduate Lounges at the Strand and Waterloo Campuses which are exclusively for the use of postgraduate students and offer a study area, social area, PCs and lockers (at Waterloo). Additional study space is available in the Graduate Zone in the Franklin-Wilkins Building.

www.kcl.ac.uk

109

staff Profile

Research opportunities

‘The MA in E-Inclusion (Learning, Disability & Technology) is delivered by a mix of face-to-face and online learning. The face-to-face teaching is concentrated in term one, offering a low cost route to studying in London. It is unique in the UK, both in its content and in its style of delivery. Those taking the programme have included teachers, speech & language therapists, occupational therapists and lecturers from a wide range of countries as well as the UK.’ Chris Abbott E-Inclusion (Learning, Disability & Technology) MA

The School is proud of its thriving and vibrant community of research students. Nearly 450 students are currently undertaking doctoral research. They work under the supervision of faculty members and are affiliated with at least one of the academic research groups within their home department. Working with supervisors who are internationally renowned for their interdisciplinary and policy-orientated research, our research students are strongly encouraged to develop their interests in working with a wide range of collaborators elsewhere in the College and beyond. Current doctoral projects are taking place in collaboration with local authorities, the Museum of London, Thales research, King’s College Hospital, and the UK Met Office. Some PhD research is offered jointly with Hong Kong University or National University of Singapore.

Biomedicine & Society (Centre for) MPhil/PhD

Education & Professional Studies Research MPhil/PhD

We focus on translational research issues on the shift of innovative therapies from ‘the bench to the bedside’ and on the politics of the global bioeconomy. Our novel interdisciplinary research combines medical sociology, science studies and politics and explores the far-reaching personal, ethical and sociopolitical effects of ‘biomedical revolutions’ in fields such as stem cells and genomics. Our innovative interdisciplinary teaching provides a stimulating and supportive research environment for MSc and PhD students, eg through seminars and workshops. King’s is a leading international centre for biomedical science and clinical research, which enables our research students to examine cutting-edge science and novel clinical treatments. Our current research focuses on the interactions between the laboratory and the clinic, and the political, ethical and regulatory dimensions of the emerging global economy.

Our highly-rated department provides extensive research training recognised by the Economic and Social Research Council. We run research programmes for MPhil and PhD, two professional doctorates (Doctor of Education/Doctor of Professional Studies and Doctor of Theology & Ministry), and two master’s in research (Education & Social Science; Language, Discourse & Communication). Our research infrastructure is organised around four research groups: Centre for Public Policy Research; Centre for Theology, Religion & Culture; Language & Literacy; Centre for Research in Education in Science, Technology, Engineering & Mathematics. If you are intending to study for a research degree, you should either identify the group or theme which seems best suited to your interest, or you should specify the specialist field associated with a particular member of academic staff.

head of programme Professor Clare Williams

head of programme Reverend Professor Alister McGrath

Entry requirements A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent. If an applicant possesses an undergraduate degree below 2:1 standard, subsequent postgraduate qualifications may be taken into account.

Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject to the research area; also, one or more of the following: a teaching qualification or equivalent experience; two or more years of research in education; an appropriate master’s degree; an approved professional or other qualification. Research groups Centre for Public Policy Research Research group leader: Professor Alan Cribb Centre for Research in Education in Science, Technology, Engineering & Mathematics Research group leader: Professor Justin Dillon Centre for Theology, Religion & Culture Research group leader: Reverend Professor Alister McGrath Language & Literacy Research group leader: Professor Ben Rampton

110

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

Doctorate in Education/ Professional Studies EdD/DrPS Significantly different from the traditional doctorate and more attuned to the professional seeking to develop their career through enhanced research capacity. Promotes understanding of the nature, development and evaluation of professional knowledge, develops critical awareness and high level research skills. Entry requirements Master’s degree from UK/overseas equivalent and evidence of the study of education or a related social science at postgraduate level; at least four years’ professional experience. Duration Minimum four years PT, starting September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Doctorate in Theology & Ministry DThMin Study with leading, internationally renowned figures in theology and religious studies. Participate in a vibrant and cutting edge research community with a focus on the relationship between theology, ministry and contemporary society. Develop an on-going peer group and participate in a wider learning community. Entry requirements A master’s degree in a subject related to theology and ministry and three years’ or equivalent experience in the practice of ministry. If you have a master’s degree in a subject unrelated to theology and ministry you may be considered provided you can demonstrate postgraduate study and relevant experience. Duration Minimum five years PT starting in the autumn term. Location Strand Campus, Waterloo Campus.

Geography Research MPhil/ PhD/Option to study joint PhD with National University of Singapore/Humbolt University/ Hong Kong University The Department of Geography has a vibrant community of scholars most of whom are members of one of four research groups: Cities; Environment, Politics & Development; Environmental Monitoring & Modelling; Hazards & Risk. Staff research ranges well beyond these group interests and involves both individual scholarship and colleagues in other institutions as well as within the department. head of programme Dr Raymond Bryant (PhD tutor) Entry requirements A first or 2:1 degree (or their equivalent) and/or a good master’s degree. Those applying for a joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner university.

Research groups Cities Research group leader: Professor Loretta Lees Environment, Politics & Development Research group leader: Dr Mark Peeling Environmental Monitoring & Modelling Research group leader: Dr Nick Drake Hazards & Risk Research group leader: Dr Henry Rothstein

Gerontology Research MPhil/PhD The Institute of Gerontology has an established research programme with a strong emphasis on multidisciplinary and multimethod research. Fields of interest include: social and economic situations and population change; the individual, service providers and the state; psychological and social aspects of ageing; material environment and its relation to ageing interests. head of programme Dr Karen Glaser Entry requirements Master’s level preferred, but exceptionally a high 2:1 first degree in a relevant topic will be considered.

Linguistics MPhil/PhD/ Option to study joint PhD with Hong Kong University The Centre for Language Discourse & Communication works across the Schools of Arts & Humanities and Social Science & Public Policy. It has research strengths in educational linguistics; literacy studies; sociolinguistics; text and discourse analysis; psycholinguistics and cognitive linguistics; historical linguistics; corpus linguistics and Second Language Acquisition. Research focuses on the dynamics of language and literacy within globalisation and intercultural contact, on language, literacy and discourse in everyday interaction, in education, literature, and popular culture, in new and mass media, and in medical and workplace settings. head of programme Professor Ben Rampton Entry requirements A minimum 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject to the research area and an appropriate master’s degree or an approved professional or other qualification. Those applying for a joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner university.

Management Research MPhil/PhD The Department of Management offers a stimulating and friendly intellectual environment within which to study. The department’s ESRC-recognised doctoral training programme is provided in collaboration with other departments of the School of Social Science & Public Policy. The department has always sought to create and maintain a supportive intellectual environment, built around a number of strategic research groupings: Human Resource Management & Employment Relations; Accounting & Accountability; International Business & Marketing; Work, Interaction & Technology; Public Services Management. Groups are inclusive, encouraging cross-group membership, multidisciplinarity, internal and external collaborative work, as well as both theoretically-driven and applied research. head of programme Professor Christian Heath Entry requirements A 2:1 first degree in a relevant subject or equivalent for overseas students. Students should have completed a master’s degree before undertaking a PhD in the department. Research groups Accounting, Accountability and Financial Management Research group leader: Professor Jill Solomon Human Resource Management and Employment Relations Research group leader: Professor Stephen Bach International Business and Marketing Research group leader: Professor Pervez Ghauri Public Services Management Research group leader: Professor Naomi Fulop Work, Interaction and Technology Research group leader: Professor Christian Heath

Public Policy Research MPhil/PhD King’s offers supervision for the MPhil/PhD research degrees covering most areas of public policy, drawing on academic expertise across and beyond the School of Social Science & Public Policy. The public policy group enjoys close links with a range of think tanks and public bodies where research collaborations may be possible. head of programme Professor Ken Young Entry requirements A good master’s degree in a relevant subject and/or practical experience in the field of study.

www.kcl.ac.uk

War Studies Research MPhil/PhD/Option to study joint PhD with Hong Kong University/National University of Singapore The department has an excellent reputation as a postgraduate training institution. All MPhil/ PhD candidates undertake a tailored programme of research training and development through all three years of the programme. The MPhil involves a 60,000 word thesis, plus minimum two years registration (three years part-time). Students can upgrade to PhD, involving a 100,000 word thesis, and minimum three-year registration (four years part-time). The PhD thesis must form a distinct contribution to knowledge of the subject and afford evidence and originality. The department is especially interested in receiving applications from students planning their research projects in fields that will enhance the strength of the department’s research groups, centres and programmes (see the departmental website for further information, www.kcl.ac.uk/warstudies), and assumes that normally research students will be attached to one or more of these. head of programme Dr William Philpott Entry requirements Students must possess a first or 2:1 honours degree or an overseas qualification of equivalent standard. It’s not essential to have taken a postgraduate programme in this field but students are urged to consider taking the MRes, MA or similar before undertaking the MPhil/PhD in War Studies. Those applying for a joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner university.

Research groups Afghan Studies Martin Bayley Air Power Studies Dr Joel Hayward Asian Security & Warfare Dr Ashley Jackson and Dr Alessio Patalano Campaign History Research Group Dr Niall Barr Caucasus Policy Institute Denis Corboy Centre for Defence Studies Dr John Gearson Centre for International Relations Professor Vivienne Jabri Centre for Military Health Research Professor Simon Wessely and Professor Christopher Dandeker Centre for Science & Security Professor Wyn Bowen Conflict, Security & Development Professor Mats Berdal Corbett Centre for Maritime Policy Studies Professor Geoff Till FORESIGHT: Early Warning & Preventive Policy Dr Christopher Meyer History of Warfare Dr Joe Maiolo Humanitarian Futures Programme Randolph Kent Imperial, Diplomatic & Military History Dr Ashley Jackson Insurgency Dr David Betz Intelligence & International Security Dr Michael S Goodman and Dr Claudia Hillebrand International Centre for the Study of Radicalisation & Political Violence Dr Peter Neumann International Defence Ethics Network Dr David Whetham International Peace & Security Research Programme Professor James Gow Laughton Naval History Unit Professor Andrew Lambert Marjan Institute for the Study of Conflict and Conservation Professor Michael Rainsborough Post-Soviet Space Dr Ruth Deyermond International Centre for Security Analysis Dr Joanna Kidd War Crimes Rachel Kerr

111

112

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

student Profile

Taught programmes

‘Staff within the Management Department are very supportive and your personal tutor will answer any question about the programme and your studies overall. As a postgraduate you get to study in specially dedicated rooms for postgraduate students, whether it is a computer lab or library. The quality of teaching is high and the courses are well structured. The most enjoyable part of this course for me was that I could choose what I wanted to study. I chose whatever interested me in the wide area of management and then wrote about it in my dissertation during the summer.’ Maria Prilepa International Management MSc

A diverse range of degrees are available each year, some established and others newly offered. The degrees recently introduced include: MSc Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management, MSc Bioethics & Society and MA European Public Policy. The War in the Modern World programme is a very successful, groundbreaking master’s degree that is delivered entirely online. The MA Public Policy, along with a range of postgraduate programmes with public policy components, reflects our commitment to developing public policy as a multidisciplinary field, and to integrating it with the expertise of sector specialists from across the College. The School’s MRes programmes are recognised by the Economic & Social Research Council and are intended to serve as a foundation year for our students, who, upon successfully completing the course will be eligible to apply for funding to progress to our PhD programme. They also serve as stand alone degrees for those wanting a general qualification in social science methodology alongside discipline-specific elements. TWO YEAR INTERNATIONAL MASTER’S

International Studies & Academic English Grad Dip Provides a structured pathway for international students into all master’s level programmes connected to international studies taught in the departments of Geography, War Studies & Political Economy. Combines study of international studies topics with the development of academic English and critical thinking skills. Entry requirements Applicants must possess a first or upper second class honours degree or overseas equivalent. We are looking for a background which demonstrates excellent academic potential and will consider applications from students with a non social science background. A minimum standard of English, defined as an IELTS score of 6.0 (with no skill below 6.0) or TOEFL scores of 550 PBT or 83 iBT (no skill below 20). Direct progression to the second year for those who meet the required standard. Duration Grad Dip one year FT, September to June. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses.

BIOMEDICINE & SOCIETY

Bioethics & Society MA Offers advanced philosophical and social science training in key theories and concepts and analysis of substantive ethical issues. Examines in-depth the ethical and social questions raised in the context of innovative biomedicine including genetics, assisted reproduction; euthanasia, research versus treatment, and stem cell science. Entry requirements A recognised first degree of at least upper second class honours (or equivalent overseas qualification) in a relevant discipline, eg social science, humanities, law, medicine, the life sciences. Evidence of achievement of an academic level comparable to at least upper second class honours standard through past studies. Cases where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate, will also be considered. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Location Strand Campus.

Medicine, Science & Society MSc Programme provided by Centre for Biomedicine & Society (CBAS). Focus is on innovative medical technologies, particularly the interaction between the laboratory and the clinic. Combines training in key theories and concepts with the study of substantive problems and issues. Entry requirements A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent. If an applicant possesses an undergraduate degree below 2:1 standard, subsequent postgraduate qualifications may be taken into account. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, Waterloo Campus.

EDUCATION

Child Studies MA/PG Dip Designed for professional and personal development, as well as academic. Offers a multidisciplinary approach to childhood issues within the context of current policy developments. Students come from a variety of disciplines and professions including medicine, education, law, psychology and sociology. Accreditation Carries Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health and Law Society CPD points. Entry requirements You will normally be required to have an upper second class honours degree or an equivalent qualification in a subject relevant to work with children and/or substantial professional work experience in a relevant field. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

E-Inclusion (Learning, Disability & Technology) MA Unique programme taught by researchers who work closely with leading practitioners. Block teaching enables you to attend for part of the year and then study from home. Taught modules: Enabling e-Inclusion; ICT & Literacy; Social Justice in the City and an extended dissertation. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree. Normally a minimum of two years’ relevant work experience: teaching, healthcare, social care etc – candidates with appropriate alternative experience will also be considered. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus or online using the King’s e-learning service.

Education & Social Science MRes Advanced training in research methods across the social sciences for both prospective researchers and those currently working in the field. Taught by staff with international reputations. Flexibility enables you to take account of new interests and changing concerns. Professionally-focused research that reflects your specific interests. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in a social science subject or overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses.

English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics MA For experienced EFL teachers wanting to learn more about current TESOL research, theory, pedagogy and practice. Provides opportunities to develop your career in TEFL and learn more about ELT specialisms including language assessment, materials development, teaching EAP, teacher training, management and evaluation and ESOL. Entry requirements A good honours degree in a relevant subject, although those with other qualifications may be considered. Applicants should also have experience equivalent to three years’ full-time in language teaching or a related post. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Fast track four terms. Starts September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Further Education Management MBA Aimed at those employed in the Further Education (FE) and Vocational Education and Training (VET) sectors. To assist in the development of a critical and constructive understanding of FE management. Will appeal to both HR professionals and others responsible for managing training provision or workforce development within commercial organisations.

Entry requirements Applicants will normally have a good honours degree although those with other qualifications may be considered. In addition, applicants should have a minimum of three years relevant work experience in either FE, VET or a training and development related post. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Language & Cultural Diversity MA Examines the complex relationship between language and cultural diversity, and equips students with an advanced knowledge of major approaches to linguistic aspects of culture. Training will be provided in the research skills and knowledge relevant to further study in empirical and applied linguistics. Entry requirements BA with second class honours or above (or equivalent qualification) in linguistics, applied linguistics, English language, a modern language, or other similar and relevant degree. MA in Linguistics, Applied Linguistics, English Language, a Modern Language, or other similar and relevant degree (as alternative to BA). Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses.

Language, Discourse & Communication MRes Designed to bridge the gap between undergraduate degrees and more advanced, doctoral level research. The MRes offers a strong foundation in social science research methods to provide you with the skills to conduct high-level independent research, either in an academic or a professional capacity. Entry requirements At least 2:1 first degree or equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses.

Master’s in Teaching & Learning MTL Designed to support early career development for teachers. Practice-based programme helps extend teaching skills; the focus of the learning is on the classroom and school. Programme is nationally agreed and government-funded, and leads to the award of a full master’s qualification. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree, plus PGCE or equivalent. In this first year of the degree participants must be currently completing their induction year as a teacher, or be a newly appointed Head of Department in a selected group of schools. Interested individuals should therefore check with their current school to see if they qualify, or alternatively express interest on the TDA website. Duration Three years PT. Location Waterloo Campus based; the majority of teaching takes place on non-campus locations and online.

113

Postgraduate/Professional Certificate in Education PGCE We work in close partnership with schools in designing, delivering and assessing our programme. You have the opportunity to work with tutors who are actively engaged in research and are encouraged to take a critical view of policies and practice. Accreditation Trainees reach Qualified Teacher Status and are awarded the Postgraduate Certificate in Education or Professional Certificate in Education from King’s. 60 master’s level credits can be obtained. Entry requirements A degree, or a qualification recognised as equivalent by King’s. Knowledge and understanding of the subject you intend to teach. GCSE grade C or above, or an equivalent qualification, in English Language and Mathematics. Applicants without these English or Mathematics qualifications at the time they apply may be considered, but they must obtain them, or pass an equivalent test set by King’s, before the course starts. Applicants for Modern Foreign Languages need to offer two languages, either French and German or French and Spanish, with qualifications equivalent to at least AS-level in the subsidiary language. Classics applicants need to have the equivalent of at least AS-level Latin. ICT applicants must have experience enabling them to teach ICT theory and practice to GCSE and A-level. Candidates offered a place on a PGCE course must gain clearance from the Criminal Records Bureau. All entrants must meet the Secretary of State’s requirements for physical and mental fitness for teaching as detailed in the DfES Circular 4/99. Duration 36 weeks FT, September to end June. Location College sessions at Waterloo Campus; teaching placement in schools in London and the Home Counties.

EDUCATION – MODULAR PROGRAMME

Assessment in Education MA Aims to develop participants’ knowledge and understanding of key aspects of assessment, evaluation and measurement for educational purposes as well as their critical judgement in identifying and analysing problems in assessment provision, policy and practice. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

114

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

Creative Arts in the Classroom MA Reflect on your professional practice and extend your knowledge. Develop awareness of significant developments in contemporary pedagogical policy and practice. Plus, a unique opportunity to study at Shakespeare’s Globe. Aimed at primary and secondary English and/or drama teachers working in the UK. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

Education & Professional Studies MA Reflect on your professional practice and extend your knowledge. Develop awareness of significant developments in contemporary pedagogical policy and practice. Broad-based programme that suits your specific professional needs and research interests through taught modules plus a research project. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Education Management MA For professionals who teach, lecture or organise educational provision at any level. Choose from over 25 modules. Programme combines problem solving and critical perspectives; makes extensive use of exploration of practical education management problems; learn from staff with international reputations. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Education, Policy & Society MA An interdisciplinary programme drawing on sociology, political science, economics and history to address the challenges of education policy and provision. Study educational policy and processes in relation to issues of race, social class, gender and changes such as globalisation and new managerialism. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

English in Education MA For secondary teachers of English, advisors and teacher educators wishing to follow a programme of advanced study after a period of classroom experience. Equips students with essential theoretical and research knowledge to enhance teaching practice.

is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location London School of Jewish Studies (Schaller House, 44a Albert Road, London, NW4 2SJ); Waterloo Campus.

Language, Ethnicity & Education MA Become conversant with ethnicity and multilingualism in urban education. The programme transcends conventional notions of bilingualism, in order to study contemporary multilingualism. Develop a theoretical understanding of how globalisation affects language use and ethnicity; research interests in language, ethnicity and education. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply.

Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September.

Rooted in your practical experience, the MA emphasises the theoretical study of education. With up-to-date research and evidence-based information about mathematics learning, teaching, assessment, use of technologies and practice, you reflect on current and future mathematics education practices, policies, mathematics curriculum technologies, problems and innovations.

Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

ICT Education MA Draws on the latest research in e-learning/ technologically enhanced learning. Develop a critical understanding of using digital technologies and your practical capabilities by designing and evaluating digitally-based activities using a variety of approaches. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus PGCE (or equivalent). Although teaching experience is highly recommended, (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for) candidates with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus, or online using King’s e-learning service.

Jewish Education MA Focus on current issues, themes and approaches to Jewish education in the context of historical development and schools and society in multi-faith Britain. Taught by internationally recognised authorities on Jewish education who have initiated and contributed to a range of debates. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience

Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Mathematics Education MA

Modern Foreign Languages Education MA Reflect on current modern foreign language provision in the light of past and present policy decisions and evaluate current research and curricular innovations with up-to-date knowledge and evidence-based information about modern foreign language education practice and pedagogical developments. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for),

www.kcl.ac.uk

applicants with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Most courses are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Religious Education MA Focus on current issues, themes and approaches to religious education in the context of historical development and schools and society in multifaith Britain. Taught by internationally recognised authorities on religious education who have initiated and contributed to a range of debates about religious education. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent), plus the PGCE or an equivalent initial teacher qualification. Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent in biological or environmental sciences, chemistry, geography or other science subject.

Environment & Development MA/MSc

Duration One year FT, September to September.

Gain an advanced understanding of the relationship between development problems and environmental issues, grounded in differing regional contexts. Involves the critical appraisal of paradigms generated in the North from the viewpoint of the South and the detailed study of paradigms emerging in the South.

Location Strand Campus, marine modules at University Marine Biological Station Millport, Scotland, internships in UK and overseas.

Carbon: Science, Society & Change MSc Examine how the carbon cycle functions and explore both natural and human influences. Investigate how strategies for adjustment can range from behavioural change and conservation, market-based approaches or environmental management. Learn the scientific basis and the environmental consequences of steps taken. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Science Education MA

Cities MA/MSc

For those who teach, lecture or organise science provision in educational settings. This dynamic programme is constantly redesigned in line with changing ideas and practice. Taught from one of the leading research institutions in science education, it offers students excellent opportunities in a supportive environment.

Explore the nature of cities, their conflicts, complexity and diversity and the policy implications of contemporary urbanisation. Options range from applied internship to more theoretical modules. Construct your own framework for understanding cities, the processes of urbanisation and their impact on the environment.

Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably.

Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

GEOGRAPHY

Aquatic Resource Management MSc Taught jointly with the University Marine Biological Station at Millport and with major input from the UK water industry, environmental regulators and aquatic scientists. Includes a 12-week internship. Unique mix of freshwater, estuarine and marine science and management. Close collaboration with outside organisations active in aquatic management. Accreditation Extensive links with governmental and private sector organisations dealing with aquatic resource management who provide placement (internship) opportunities and visiting lecturers. An external advisory board of senior water management personnel and aquatic scientists advises on curriculum development and delivery.

115

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Disasters, Adaptation & Development MA/MSc Programme takes a social development perspective and includes human vulnerability and response to natural and technological hazards and to climate change. Access to a broad range of modules. Leads to careers in research and policy development on disaster risk management and development programming for adaptation. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Environment, Politics & Globalisation MA/MSc A unique combination of theoretical and policy relevant modules draws on the environmental expertise of staff and internships with participating environmental organisations. Gain in-depth knowledge and critical awareness of the politics and geographies shaping contemporary and past environments. Includes local case studies and global environmental issues, politics and policies. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Environmental Health MSc Mostly taught by Chartered Environmental Health Practitioners. Environmental health is studied as an integrated approach to health protection and improvement. Intentionally vocational to prepare you for employment in a range of environmental health disciplines. Accreditation This programme is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Environmental Health (CIEH) and upon the completion of the Instituteâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s portfolio of work-based learning (the Experiential Learning Portfolio) and professional examinations, graduates from this programme will be awarded the Certificate of Registration to practice as an Environmental Health Practitioner. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 honours degree in a subject relevant to environmental health, though this can be drawn from the social as well as the physical sciences. A lower classification may be accepted if the applicant possesses additional qualifications, or has acquired other relevant experience. Duration Usually, two years PT (but may be permitted up to six years max PT). Location Strand Campus.

116

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management MSc

Global Environmental Change MSc

Tourism, Environment & Development MA/MSc

Gain a deeper understanding of environmental processes and techniques for managing environmental change. Study how to assess the causes and manage the consequences of environmental, climatic and land use change. Students choose to take either a research or a consultancy stream.

Study the scientific background and approaches deployed in studying Earthâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s environmental changes over the past, present and near future, together with the societal implications of our current research. Choose either a science or a policy stream to help prepare for careers in environmental change research, consultancy and/or policy development.

Study the complex relationships between tourism, the environment and development. Explore the advantages and disadvantages of tourism as a form of development and examine its environmental impact. Develop your own particular interests in tourism by choosing from a wide range of systematic and regional modules.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

Risk Analysis MA/MSc

Water: Science & Governance MSc

Geography MA/MSc Programme can be tailored to your interests. The MA focuses on human geography, including: environment and development; environmental policies and politics; geopolitics; urbanisation; globalisation. The MSc focuses on physical geography, particularly modules available on the Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management programme. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA A unique, multidisciplinary programme taught by renowned academic authorities. Rooted in geopolitical analysis but includes aspects of international law and international relations theory. Makes extensive use of Londonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s resources for researching historic and contemporary aspects of international boundary questions and territorial disputes. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Unique focus on the societal, health, safety and environmental (not financial) aspects of risk. Gain knowledge and understanding of social science theories, concepts, techniques and organisational approaches to risk assessment, management, governance and communication. Career prospects for graduates are excellent in this rapidly developing field. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Sustainable Cities MSc Unique in the UK, the only MSc to explicitly address sustainable cities. Interdisciplinary programme. Internships available. Focuses on the human and physical processes shaping urban ecologies and environments. Leads to careers in: international organisations, agencies, consultancies, national and city governments, charities, research organisations and academia. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Combines pure and applied research methods from the social and environmental sciences. Gain an advanced understanding of the many contemporary, and often controversial, perspectives on water resource allocation and management. Examples from the UK and Europe, diverse water environments and differently evolved political economies worldwide. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

GERONTOLOGY

Ageing in Society MA/MSc/ PG Dip/PG Cert This programme is aimed at social scientists who wish to develop their knowledge and understanding of the experience of ageing, ageing societies and policies for an ageing world. The MSc pathway focuses on quantitative research methods and data analysis and the MA pathway on qualitative research methods and data analysis. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Candidates should have a first class or upper second class (2:1) honours degree (or the equivalent from an overseas university). We may consider candidates with a lower second class degree (2:2) or with professional qualifications from a good and recognised institution if they can show relevant work experience and/or relevant professional qualifications. A postgraduate degree in a relevant field will be taken into account. Relevant professional qualifications will be taken into account, particularly if candidates were awarded a 2:2 for their first degree. DURATION MSc/MA one year FT (September to September). LOCATION Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk

117

Gerontology MSc/PG Dip/ PG Cert

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Minimum good first honours degree in any field, or overseas equivalent, vocational qualifications and work experience are considered.

Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis MSc

The study of ageing and later life at one of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s leading centres. Students draw on a wide range of expertise, including geriatricians, clinicians, demographers, policy analysts and sociologists, to gain awareness of cross-national and national perspectives on ageing and the lives of older people.

DURATION One semester and one week in May FT (September to May).

Entry requirements Minimum good first honours degree in any field, or overseas equivalent. PG Dip equivalent, vocational qualifications and work experience are considered. Holders of the DGM (Diploma in Geriatric Medicine, Royal College of Physicians) may fast track and omit one-third of the MSc.

Health & Society MSc

For graduates and professionals seeking to develop advanced knowledge and skills in people management and/or work as human resource experts. The MSc presents a contemporary and international perspective on key developments in the management of human resources and the analysis of organisations for the 21st century.

Duration MSc: One year FT, two days teaching per week. (September to September). Location Strand Campus.

Gerontology MRes Gain a broad foundation in social sciences research methods and in the study of ageing and later life. Suitable for graduates wishing to do an MPhil/PhD in age-related studies, or if you are planning a career in social research. Entry requirements First or high 2:1 honours degree in a relevant discipline. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Public Policy & Ageing MA/ PG Dip/PG Cert For students interested in government, policy, politics, NGOs, voluntary sector, development work, comparative studies and ageing to develop specialist understanding of policymaking for old age and ageing populations. Combines theoretical studies of public policy with multidisciplinary studies of ageing and later life. Entry requirements Minimum good honours first degree in any field, or overseas equivalent. PG Dip/ PG Cert equivalent, vocational qualifications and work experience considered. Overseas students must meet the formal standard of English. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Research Methods for Social Science & Health PG Cert This programme is aimed at social science and allied health professionals. It will help you to develop knowledge and a critical understanding of research design and governance, quantitative methods and qualitative methods for research in health services and social science. It is anticipated that students from health, policy and government sectors, both researchers and those who manage and commission research will find this programme of interest, as the programme prepares students to evaluate and critically apply social science and health research methods and concepts in a research context such as health and social care services.

LOCATION Strand Campus.

HEALTH

Uses participatory teaching and learning methods to encourage involvement and use of experience and understanding. Praised by external examiners for the depth of reflection it encourages. Draws on the expertise of leading researchers and teachers in a range of health-related fields, including sociology and ethics. Entry requirements Minimum 2:2 honours degree and/or a registerable professional qualification appropriate to the programme, eg in nursing. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Health Promotion MSc Develop and enhance knowledge, understanding and critically reflect on theories and ideologies central to the notion of health, and appreciate the social influences and context of health and health-related practice. Develop awareness of modern social theory and the relationship between health and society. Entry requirements Minimum of 2:2 honours degree and/or a registerable professional qualification appropriate to the programme, eg in nursing. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

MANAGEMENT

Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management MSc Managers in international companies are increasingly required to have an understanding of accounting and financial management. Gain an appreciation of economic, technical and institutional foundations of accounting and financial management and the importance of accountability and information, corporate governance, and ethics in global financial markets. Entry requirements BSc/BA first or high (65 per cent or above) 2:1 degree in social sciences (management, economics, sociology or other appropriate subject) or an equivalent overseas qualification or an appropriate professional accounting qualification (e.g. ACCA, CIMA, ICAS, ICAEW). Duration One year FT, October to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Accreditation The optional CIPD-accredited element of the programme provides the academic and related practical knowledge and skills that form the basis for membership of the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD). Students seeking to obtain the CIPD professional qualification will be expected to undertake additional study including organisational visits and workshops designed to develop core skills and knowledge. Entry requirements A good 2:1 first degree in the social sciences. You may be considered with a degree in another discipline, particularly if you have relevant work experience. Duration One year FT, two years PT (PT teaching scheduled during the day â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Monday year one; Tuesday year two), September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

International Management MSc Managers in international companies increasingly need to develop global perspectives on business, informed by a deep understanding of the different national and cultural contexts. Aims to generate an integrative understanding of these issues preparing you for a successful career in the world of international business. Entry requirements A first or high (65 per cent or above) 2:1 honours degree in social sciences (eg management, economics, sociology or other appropriate social science subject) or equivalent overseas qualification. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

International Marketing MSc Prepares you to handle environmental, cross-cultural and political risks that are involved in international marketing. Suitable for students who want to work in marketing and media-related organisations. Entry requirements A first or high (65 per cent or above) 2:1 degree in social sciences (management, economics, sociology or other appropriate social science subject) or an equivalent overseas qualification. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

118

School of SOCIAL SCIENCE & PUBLIC POLICY

Management & Social Science MRes Gain competency in research skills and knowledge generic to social sciences and specific to management. Taught by leading academic staff with international research reputations. Choose from a wide range of interdisciplinary modules. Build advanced-level specialist expertise to enable you to undertake a PhD. Entry requirements A 2:1 at first degree level in a subject appropriate to your intended area of research. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Public Services Policy & Management MSc Comparative and international in focus, the MSc equips you to understand and evaluate policy options for organising and delivering contemporary public services. The programme is for both mid-career managers and recent graduates planning to enter the public or voluntary sectors or Non-Governmental Organisations. Entry requirements Minimum requirement is 2:1 in a social science subject or relevant experience in public sector management. Duration One year FT, two years PT, Thursday year one; Friday year two, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

POLITICAL ECONOMY

Public Policy MA Provides a wider range of options than any competitor. Emphasises the theories and concepts of policy analysis to understand the policy process in contemporary societies. For recent graduates, leading to careers in public policy, and those in government or NGOs in the UK and abroad. Entry requirements A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent; applicants with degree/professional qualification and at least three years’ experience in government or NGO service may also be eligible. Duration One year FT, two years PT, (September to September).

Contemporary Ecclesiology MA Contemporary Worship MA Mission & Ministry in the Modern Age MA Ministry & Leadership Ethics MA Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations MA Youth Ministry MA Unique combination of academic and vocational focus: can be taken independently or accredited to an ordination training programme. Modular structure provides unrivalled range of programme content. Team-taught across two departments: the programme exemplifies the King’s tradition of excellence in both research and professional training. Entry requirements Second class honours degree or professional qualification or experience of working in a church context equivalent to three years’ full-time employment. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo and Strand campuses.

WAR STUDIES

Air Power in the Modern World MA Gives students an understanding of military campaigns, operations and security issues from 1945 to the present day, in the light of the wide-ranging economic, social, technological and political changes in the world, with special reference to the seemingly ubiquitous role of air power in integrated (joint) contexts. Entry requirements First class or 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university. Duration Minimum two years, maximum six years.

Location Strand and Waterloo campuses.

Location Fully e-learning, non-residential.

Public Policy & Ageing MA/PG Dip/PG Cert

Conflict, Security & Development MA

See page 117.

Explores the conceptual, historical and policy issues surrounding security and development and how these manifest themselves in the wider context of contemporary warfare and international security.

European Public Policy MA See page 43.

THEOLOGY & MINISTRY

Bible & Ministry MA Christian Education MA

Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.25. Applicants must have English language competence. However we offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War in the Modern World by e-learning), and incorporating dedicated

English language tuition, for which the initial IELTS requirement is 6.0 in each skill. Further information is available on the Department of War Studies website. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

History of Warfare MA Examines war from broad historiographical and interdisciplinary perspectives and from the viewpoint of combatants, societies, economies and cultures across the landscape of modern history. In the spirit of War Studies, draw on the literature and methodology of other academic disciplines. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university, GPA must be above 3.25. Applicants must have English language competence. However we offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War in the Modern World by e-learning), and incorporating dedicated English language tuition, for which the initial IELTS requirement is 6.0 in each skill. Further information is available on the Department of War Studies website. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Intelligence & International Security MA Examines the trends that continue to shape intelligence and geo-strategic developments in the 21st century. Students will develop an awareness of the ways in which intelligence issues manifest themselves in security issues in peace and war. Understanding of ethical dilemmas associated with intelligence activity. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.25. Applicants must have English language competence. However, we offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War in the Modern World by e-learning), and incorporating dedicated English language tuition, for which the initial IELTS requirement is 6.0 in each skill. Further information is available on the Department of War Studies website. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

International Conflict Studies MA Combines the intellectual endeavour associated with advanced learning and the practical policy implications emerging from particular approaches used in the study of conflict at regional, transnational, and global levels of interaction. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.25. Applicants must

www.kcl.ac.uk

have English language competence. However, we also offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War in the Modern World by e-learning), and incorporating dedicated English language tuition, for which the initial IELTS requirement is 6.0 in each skill. Further information is available on the Department of War Studies website. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

International Peace & Security MA Consists of a broad-based multidisciplinary curriculum, focusing on law and conflict in international society and contemporary security issues. Ideal for careers in international organisations; government departments; political risk and financial sector; further research/ PhD; professional legal studies. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in law, history, political science, or international relations, or overseas equivalent. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

International Relations MA Explores subjects such as globalisation, ethics and human rights, the international political economy, war, political violence and security in the context of contending discourses in politics and international relations, philosophy, and social theory. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.25. Applicants must have English language competence. However, we also offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War in the Modern World by e-learning), and incorporating dedicated English language tuition, for which the initial IELTS requirement is 6.0 in each skill. Further information is available on the Department of War Studies website. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Non-Proliferation & International Security MA Examine the causes, processes and effects of weapons proliferation, the evolution and effectiveness of the international non-proliferation regime and the way in which proliferation influences other issues in international relations. Core module plus choice of options and a dissertation. Ideal base for further academic research. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject of the University of London or an equivalent qualification from another British or overseas university. Overseas students must

meet the formal standard of English which is either IELTS score of 7.0 overall (with a minimum of 7.0 in Writing and Reading and 6.5 in Listening and Speaking) or TOEFL minimum score of 630 (paper test), 267 (computer test), 109 (internet test). In addition, GPA must be above 3.25. However, we also offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War in the Modern World by e-learning), and incorporating dedicated English language tuition, for which the initial IELTS requirement is 6.0 in each skill. Further information is available on the Department of War Studies website. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Science & Security MA Designed to provide an integrated understanding of science and international politics to cope with the demands of the emerging security agenda. Topics include key weapons systems and technologies, international politics and the policymaking process. Of specific interest to students with a hard science background. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.25. Applicants must have English language competence. However, we also offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War in the Modern World by e-learning), and incorporating dedicated English language tuition, for which the initial IELTS requirement is 6.0 in each skill. Further information is available on the Department of War Studies website. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Terrorism, Security & Society MA/MSc Interdisciplinary programme involving history, political science, international relations, sociology and social psychology and risk studies. The focus will vary from a strong emphasis on security and counterterrorism issues through to a critical social science approach and analysis of societal response and adaptation. Entry requirements Minimum standard is a 2:1 (Hons) degree or an overseas equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US university. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Overseas students must meet the formal standard of English: either IELTS score of 7.0 overall (with a minimum of 7.0 in Writing and Reading and 6.5 in Listening and Speaking) or TOEFL minimum score of 630 + 5.0 TWE (paper test), 267 (computer test), 109 (Internet test). Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

119

War in the Modern World MA Brings war studies to graduate students and professionals, using the unique flexibility and convenience that distance learning offers. Gain an understanding of military campaigns and operations through studying the wide-ranging economic, social, technological and political changes in the world between 1945 and today. Entry requirements First class or 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.25. Applicants must have English language competence. An alternative professional or other qualification obtained by a formal examination may be approved. Prior experiential learning can also be taken into consideration by the admissions panel. Where alternative professional or other qualifications are not available, evidence will be required that a candidate can undertake academic study to the level required. If necessary, candidates will be asked to submit a sample of written work. Duration Minimum two years, maximum six years. Location Fully e-learning, non-residential.

War Studies MA The Department of War Studies is the only centre in the UK devoted exclusively to the study of war as a human phenomenon. Designed for students from a wide range of backgrounds including politics, history and strategic studies, as well as professionals in the areas of defence, diplomacy and foreign affairs. Entry requirements Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university, GPA must be above 3.25. Applicants must have English language competence. However, we also offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War in the Modern World by e-learning), and incorporating dedicated English language tuition, for which the initial IELTS requirement is 6.0 in each skill. Further information is available on the Department of War Studies website. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

War Studies MRes Intended to serve as a foundation year for War Studies students who, upon successfully completing the programme, are eligible to apply to progress to the MPhil/PhD. Also for those wanting a general qualification in social science methodology and War Studies. Entry requirements First or 2:1 first degree in a broadly relevant discipline or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university, GPA must be above 3.4. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses.

120

King’s Learning Institute

King’s Learning Institute King’s Learning Institute was established in 2001 by the College in response to the HEFCE teaching and learning enhancement agenda. We engage in high quality research, teaching and consultancy in all aspects of learning in academic and professional work, providing quality development opportunities informed by research of an international standard. We offer a wide range of accredited programmes in academic and professional learning, from certificate through master’s to doctoral study. Our research has two major complementary themes – academic identity and role, and students’ learning.

Induction & training All Institute programmes commence with an induction session.

Funding Self funded.

Research opportunities The Institute offers students the opportunity to undertake MPhil/PhD research degrees in aspects of higher education. Institute staff have a wide range and depth of expertise and are able to support students in their examination of national and international higher education issues related to academic practice.

Higher Education MPhil/PhD The Institute’s research activity explores a wide range of national and international higher education issues. Participants may examine topics of a generic nature such as learning, assessment and quality, and issues stemming from teaching and learning in their own academic disciplines. head of programme Professor Paul Blackmore Entry requirements Minimum of 2:1 degree in an appropriate academic discipline.

Location Waterloo Campus Address King’s Learning Institute King’s College London James Clerk Maxwell Building 57 Waterloo Road London SE1 8WA Contact Miss Katarzyna Mazurkiewicz tel 020 7848 3081 Email kli@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/learningteaching

Taught programmes The Institute provides taught programmes which explore academic practice in the student’s own work environment as well as in a broader context. For those students who are healthcare professionals, there is a specific programme which addresses issues related to clinical pedagogy.

Academic Practice MA/PG Dip/PG Cert The PG Cert involves a two-day introduction to academic practice; a taught programme covering core material and optional seminars to support participants’ development. Participants also have their teaching observed. The PG Dip investigates professionalism in academic practice, and pedagogic research in higher education culminating in a research proposal that can be developed as a master’s dissertation. Accreditation PG Cert is accredited by the Higher Education Academy. Entry requirements First degree and employed in a teaching role within the higher education sector. Duration PG Cert one-two years PT, PG Dip 18 months PT and MA two years PT. Location Waterloo Campus.

Clinical Pedagogy MA/PG Dip/PG Cert Flexible framework in which to pursue and gain recognition for continuing professional development in aspects of learning and teaching. Provision is carefully tailored to the needs of health professionals, taking account of areas of health expertise, and is delivered in association with colleagues in health schools across the College. Entry requirements Relevant first degree and a minimum of three years’ professional experience in a clinical environment. Duration PG Cert one year PT, PG Dip 18 months PT, MA two years PT. Location Waterloo Campus.

English Language Centre

121

English Language Centre The English Language Centre (ELC) reflects the importance the College places on the needs of the international student body. We provide a wide range of university preparation programmes that give students the academic and linguistic platform required for successful postgraduate study at King’s or other top UK universities. Our innovative International Two-Year Master’s programmes (Graduate Diplomas in the first year) offer a bespoke approach to improving both your subject and linguistic skills. Our teaching staff fully understand the challenges students face when coming to the UK and have extensive experience in developing and delivering focused pathway programmes. We have a strong commitment to excellence in teaching and take a learner-centred approach in all programmes. Programmes are taught through a combination of lectures and seminars. Students are typically taught in small classes and each student is assigned a personal tutor who they meet on a regular basis. The English Language Centre is a member of BALEAP, IATEFL and AULC and is accredited by the British Council. The 2009 British Council inspection awarded the Centre a total of six general areas of excellence, the highest within the University of London.

Funding All College-wide funding opportunities are available for students once they progress onto their degree. Bursaries are available for the pre-sessional programme.

Facilities Students have access to the ELC Open Learning Centre, which has a dedicated computer suite to support language learning and study skills and a wide range of materials to enhance learning in these areas.

Taught programmes

Location Strand Campus Address English Language Centre King’s College London 26-29 Drury Lane Strand Campus London, WC2B 5RL Contact Pathway Programmes Administrator tel +44 (0)20 7848 1600 Email elc@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/elc

Pre-master’s available include the International Two-Year Master’s programmes, which guarantee conditional offers for your chosen master’s and are run in collaboration with King’s Schools. These programmes form the first year of an International Two-Year Master’s degree and are currently available for a range of master’s across the College. More pathways are being added so see our website for the latest information. A general pre-master’s programme is also aimed at those areas not covered by the above programmes. Summer pre-sessional programmes are available for those who already hold conditional degree offers but whose English is not yet at the required entry level. Successful completion of any ELC programme at the required level fulfils all linguistic entry conditions.

International Pre-Master’s Programme Diploma For international students who want to study at postgraduate level at top UK universities and who wish to improve their linguistic and academic skills prior to commencing their degree. Please note that this programme does not guarantee entry into King’s although many students do continue to study here. See our Two-Year International Master’s programmes for guaranteed conditional offers. Entry requirements You must have graduated from university with a good GPA (equivalent to a minimum upper second class degree) and have completed a full undergraduate degree programme. It is your responsibility to ensure that your GPA is sufficient for the postgraduate programmes you wish to apply for. There are September and January entry points. The minimum language requirement for students joining in September is IELTS 5.5 (with a minimum of 5.5 in reading and writing and 5.0 in listening and speaking) or TOEFL 71 iBT (see online for minimum skill levels). For students joining in January, the minimum language requirement is IELTS 6.0 (with a minimum of 5.5 in all skills) or TOEFL 80 iBT (see online for minimum skill levels). Duration One year FT September to June or six months FT January to June. Location Strand Campus.

Two-year International Master’s

Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English Grad Dip See page 55.

Humanities & Academic English Grad Dip See page 41.

International Studies & Academic English Grad Dip See page 112.

122

index

Index taught programmes A Academic Practice MA/PG Dip/PG Cert 120 Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management MSc

117

Child Studies MA

112

Education & Professional Studies MA

114

China & Globalisation MSc

Education & Social Science MRes

113

Christian Education MA

118

Christianity & the Arts MA

Cities MA/MSc

115

Education Management MA

114

Classical Art & Archaeology MA

Education, Policy & Society MA

114 48

Advanced (Neuromusculoskeletal) Physiotherapy MSc

Classical Studies Grad Dip

Eighteenth-Century Studies MA

Advanced Computing MSc

Classics MA

Advanced General Dental Practice MSc

Clinical Dermatology MSc

Electronic Engineering with Business Management MSc

Advanced Musical Studies PG Cert

Clinical Forensic Psychiatry MSc

102

Endodontology MClinDent

Advanced Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 93

Clinical Forensic Psychology MSc

102

Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Clinical Imaging Research MRes 94

Clinical Neuroscience MSc

Advanced Practice (Cardiac Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Clinical Nursing for International Students MSc/PG Cert

Humanities & Academic English Grad Dip 41

Education for Healthcare Professionals MSc/PG Dip

103

Human Values & Contemporary Global Ethics MA/PG Dip

Engineering with Business Management MSc

English in Education MA

114

English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics MA

113

English: 1850-Present MA

Environment & Development MA/MSc

115

I ICT Education MA

114

Identification of Alcohol & Drug Use in the Workplace PG Cert

104

Immunology MSc

Intelligence & International Security MA 118 Intelligent Systems MSc

International Addiction Studies MSc

104

International Conflict Studies MA

118

International Pre-Master’s Programme Diploma

121

International Management MSc

117

Advanced Practice (Child Health) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Critical Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies PG Dip 103

Environment, Politics & Globalisation MA/MSc

115

International Political Economy MA

Environmental Health MSc

115

International Relations MA

119

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies for Children & Adolescents PG Dip

Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management MSc

116

International Studies & Academic English Grad Dip

112

Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) for Psychosis PG Dip

Epilepsy MSc

103

Internet Technology Research MSc

Advanced Practice (Dermatology) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced Practice (Diabetes Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Leadership) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Neuroscience Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced Practice (Nurse Practitioner/ Community Matron/Case Manager) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Clinical Pharmacology MSc

Comparative Literature MA

Advanced Practice (Gastrointestinal Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Advanced Practice (Midwifery) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Clinical Pedagogy MA/PG Dip/PG Cert

94 94

120 76

103 103 42

International Marketing MSc

117

International Peace & Security MA

119

Ethical Leadership MA

EU Competition Law MA/PG Dip

Jewish Education MA

114

European Public Policy MA

Jewish Studies MA

Computing & Internet Systems MSc

European Studies MA

European Union Law MA/PG Dip

Computing & Security MSc Computing, IT Law & Management MSc

Complex Systems Modelling – From Biomedical and Natural to Economic and Social Sciences MSc

Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies MA 43 Conflict, Security & Development MA

118

Family Interventions in Psychosis PG Dip 103

Language & Cultural Diversity MA

113

Language, Discourse & Communication MRes

113

Family Therapy MSc

103

Language, Ethnicity & Education MA

114

Conscious Sedation for Dentistry PG Dip 62

Family Therapy Grad Cert

103

Languages of the Wider World Grad Dip

Construction Law & Dispute Resolution MSc

Film Studies MA

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies Grad Dip 45

Contemporary British History MA

Financial Mathematics MSc

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies MA

Contemporary Ecclesiology MA

Life Writing MA

Contemporary Worship MA

Advanced Practice (Women’s Healthcare) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 95

Creative Arts in the Classroom MA Creative Cities MA/MSc

Advanced Psychosocial Practice with Children & Adults MSc

Forensic Science MSc

Criminology & Criminal Justice MA

French Language & Culture MA/PG Dip

Critical Methodologies MA

French Literature & Culture MA

Cultural & Creative Industries MA

Further Education Management MBA

113

Advanced Practice (Palliative Care Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

94 95

Advanced Practice (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing/Public Health/School Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 95

102

Advanced Software Engineering MSc

Aesthetic Dentistry MSc

118

Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics MClinDent

118

Literature & Medicine MA

Focused Ultrasound PG Cert

114

Forensic Mental Health Science MSc

104

Ageing in Society MA/MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

116

Dental Public Health MSc

Geography MA/MSc

116

Air Power in the Modern World MA

118

Dental Public Health MSc (flexible)

Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA

Analytical Science for Industry MSc

Dietetics MSc/PG Dip

German & Comparative Literature MA

Analytical Toxicology MSc

Digital Asset Management MA

German & Comparative Literature MRes 45

Ancient History MA

Digital Culture & Technology MA

Gerontology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Aquatic Resource Management MSc

115

Digital Humanities MA

Assessment in Education MA

113

Aviation Medicine MSc

Disasters, Adaptation & Development MA/MSc

B Bible & Ministry MA

118

Biblical Studies with pathways (Language and Literature; Theology) MA 46 Bioethics & Society

112

Bioinformatics MSc

Biomedical & Molecular Sciences Research MSc

56 55

Biopharmaceuticals MSc

C Carbon: Science, Society & Change MSc 115 Cardiovascular Research MSc

78 102

118

Master’s in Teaching & Learning MTL

113

Master of Laws LLM

Mathematics MSc

Mathematics Grad Dip

Mathematics Education MA

114

116

Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc

Maxillofacial Prosthetic Rehabilitation MSc 63 Medical Engineering & Physics MSc

117

Medical Ethics & Law MA

Gerontology MRes

117

Medical Humanities MSc

Global Environmental Change MSc

116

Medical Imaging Sciences MRes

Medical Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 77

Doctorate in Clinical Psychology DClinPsy 101

Global, International & Comparative History MA

Doctorate in Education/ Professional Studies EdD/DrPS

Medicine, Science & Society MSc

112

Greek Tradition MA

Medieval English: Sex, Gender & Culture MA

Medieval History MA

Medieval Studies MA

Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) DHC

110 91

Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy) DHC 54

Health & Social Care MRes

Doctorate in Theology & Ministry DThMin 110

Health & Society MSc

117

Drug Development Science MSc

Health Promotion MSc

117

Drug Discovery Skills MSc

Health Psychology MSc

104

Health Studies PG Cert

Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English Grad Dip

Child & Adolescent Mental Health MSc

115

Management & Social Science MRes

E-Inclusion (Learning, Disability & Technology) MA

Healthcare & Academic English Grad Dip 92

Mental Health in Learning Disabilities MSc 104 Mental Health Service & Population Research MSc

104

Mental Health Social Work with Children & Adults MSc/PG Dip

104 104

History MRes

Mental Health Studies MSc

History of Philosophy MA

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies MA 44

History of Warfare MA

118

Ministry & Leadership Ethics MA

Early Modern History MA

Human & Applied Physiology MSc

Mission & Ministry in the Modern Age MA 118

Economics for Competition Law MA/PG Dip

Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis MSc

117

Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission MA

113

118

Mobile & Personal Communications MSc 85

123

www.kcl.ac.uk

Modern Foreign Languages Education MA 114

Modern Greek Studies (Sociolinguistics) MA

Science & Security MA

Modern Greek Studies (History) MA

Modern Greek Studies (Interdisciplinary) MA

Modern Greek Studies (Literature) MA

Modern History MA

Molecular Biophysics MRes

Music MMus

N Neuroscience MSc Nineteenth Century Studies MA Non-Proliferation & International Security MA

105 49 119

Nuclear Medicine: Science & Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Nursing with Registration (graduate entry) PG Dip

Nutrition MSc/PG Dip

Comparative Literature Research

Psychological Medicine

101

119

Computer Science Research

Psychology

101

Psychosis Studies

101

Public Policy Research

110

Science Education MA

115

Contemporary British History

Sedation & Special Care Dentistry MSc

Shakespeare Studies MA

Culture, Media & Creative Industries Research

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MSc

105

Space Physiology & Health MSc

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies MA

Specialist Ultrasound Practice PG Cert

Sustainable Cities MSc Systematic Theology MA

116 47

T&U Tax Law MA

Telecommunications & Internet Technology MSc

Telecommunications by Research MSc

Terrorism, Security & Society MA

119

D Dentistry & Oral Science (Research Division)

Digital Humanities Research

E Education & Professional Studies Research

War Studies Research

111

Film Studies Research French Research

118

Genetics & Molecular Medicine (Research Division)

74 74 110

Careers service

Chaplaincy

29 14

Clubs & societies

Cost of living

Translational Medicine MSc

Palliative Care MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

UK, EU & US Copyright Law MA/PG Dip

Periodontology MClinDent

Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control MSc

Pharmaceutical Technology MSc

W&Y

Pharmacology MSc

War & Psychiatry MSc/PG Dip

105

Philosophy MA

War in the Modern World MA

119

Philosophy of Medicine MA

War Studies MRes

119

Philosophy of Mental Disorder MSc

War Studies MA

119

Philosophy of Psychology MA

Water: Science & Governance MSc

116

Physics MSc

Web Intelligence MSc

Physiotherapy (pre-registration) MSc

World History & Cultures MA

Youth Ministry MA

118

Health & Social Care (Research Division) 74 78

Health Service & Population Research

100

Higher Education

120

History Research

Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences, Centre of (CHAPS)

I Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering (Research Division) 74 Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID) (Research Division)

Research programmes A

Primary Health Care MSc

Addictions

Prosthodontics MClinDent

Psychiatric Research MSc

105

L Law Research

Primary Care & Community Pharmacy PG Dip/PG Cert

Linguistics

67 110

Management Research

Age-Related Diseases (Wolfson Centre for)

Mathematics Research (Applied Mathematics, Pure Mathematics)

American Studies Research

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Research

110 83 40

Disabled students

29, 30

Employability

18, 28

English language requirements

Entertainment

Entry requirements

Equal opportunities

124

Fees, funding & finance Foreign language study

Health

International students

IT facilities

Libraries

London Map Open days

11 10

Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (Research Division)

MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology

Religious provision

Music Research

Research

Australian Studies Research

Biomedicine & Society (Centre for)

109

Biostatistics

Religion in Contemporary Society MA

Religious Education MA

115

Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies Research

Research Methods for Social Science & Health PG Cert Rheumatology MSc/PG Dip Risk Analysis MA/MSc Robotics MSc

117 79 116 85

Neuroscience

100

Nursing Studies/Midwifery Studies/ Health Studies

Nutritional Sciences (Research Division) 75

Cancer Studies (Research Division)

Old Age Psychiatry & Dementia

Cardiovascular (Research Division)

Cell & Molecular Biophysics (Randall Division of)

Palaeography & Manuscript Studies

Child & Adolescent Psychiatry

Pharmaceutical Science Division

Classics Research

Philosophy Research

Clinical Neuroscience

Physics Research

101

Qualifications

117

8 24-27, inside back cover

Part-time study

Public Policy & Ageing MA/PG Dip/PG Cert

Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry MSc

Halls of residence

100

20 16-19

Graduate School

Analytical & Environmental Sciences Division

Neuroimaging

inside back cover

Dates of terms

118

Counselling services

Public Policy MA

24-27

Commercial opportunities

Pain: Science & Society MSc

118

Applying Campuses

Public Services Policy & Management MSc

22 7, 15

Alumni

110

Translational Cancer Medicine MRes

general information Accommodation

German Research

Public Health MPH/MSc

Geography Research

Gerontology Research

Paediatric Dentistry MSc

113

Forensic & Neurodevelopmental Science 100

Gene & Cell Based Therapy (Research Division)

Postgraduate Certificate in Education/ Professional Certificate in Education PGCE

40 40

Vascular Ultrasound PG Dip/PG Cert

101

Theology & Religious Studies Research

Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations MA

Tourism, Environment & Development MA 116

Social Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry

Telecommunications

Theology & Religious Studies Grad Dip

S, T & W

Organisational Psychiatry & Psychology MSc

Theoretical Physics MSc

Robotics

European Studies Research

Reproduction & Endocrinology (Research Division)

English Research

Theatre & Performance Studies MA

Orthodontics MSc

109

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies Research

O 105

29 6, 10, 16

Scholarships

Sports

Studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Union

Tuition fees

Welfare

Working

15, 17, 21, 28

Equal opportunities statement The College’s equal opportunities statement makes clear the College’s commitment to equality of opportunity in all its activities and is consistent with the specific aims which its Race Equality Policy makes explicit. The College’s equal opportunities statement is as follows: King’s College London is committed to promoting and developing equality of opportunity in all areas of its work. In order to achieve this aim, the College will seek to: • ensure that prospective and current students, job applicants and members of staff are treated solely on the basis of their merits, abilities and potential without any unjustified discrimination on grounds of age, sex, disability, family circumstances, race, colour, nationality, citizenship, ethnic origin, social and economic status, religious belief, sexual orientation, marital status or other irrelevant distinction;

Responsibility for ensuring that the College fulfils its legal and statutory duties in respect of equality and diversity is devolved by the College Council to Audit Committee. The Principal’s Central Team also receives regular reports to ensure that senior management are informed about their responsibilities in this respect. Management responsibility for equality and diversity resides within the Governance Support Team in Academic Services. The Disability & Dyslexia Service provide direct support services to students and staff of the College and advise on all disability related issues. The College recognises that all of its members have a duty to support and commit to its equality and diversity principles to ensure that these are embedded within College policies, procedures and practices.

• undertake a programme of action to make equality policies effective

For further information and advice on all equality and diversity issues, contact: Governance Team Academic Services Section King’s College London James Clerk Maxwell Building 57 Waterloo Road, London SE1 8WA Tel 020 7848 3830 Fax 020 7848 4073 governance@kcl.ac.uk www.kcl.ac.uk/equal-opps

• monitor progress towards achieving equality of opportunity on a regular basis

Abbreviation key

• promote good relations between individuals from different groups • recognise and develop the diversity of skills and talent within both its current and potential staff and student body • foster a culture based on trust and mutual respect

• communicate to staff, students, associates and others the promotion of equal opportunities and College procedures to sustain it.

Designed by: Helen Senior+Associates Leonie Bonar/Alice Clarke Edited by: the External Relations Department, King’s College London Photography by: Julian Anderson, Patrick Barth, Richard Cook, Suki Dhanda, Sam Dobson, Alfredo Falvo, Greg Funnell, Andrew Hamilton, Conor Masterson, Ed Park, Ingrid Rasmussen, Phil Sayer, Naresh Verlander and others. Every effort has been made to contact all copyright holders. The publishers will be glad to make good in future any errors or omissions brought to their attention. Printed by: Newnorth Print Ltd Printed on revive 50:50 Silk: a recycled paper containing 50 per cent recycled waste and 50 per cent virgin fibre and manufactured at a mill certified with ISO 14001 environmental management standard. The pulp used in this product is bleached using an Elemental Chlorine Free process. The job has been printed using vegetable based inks using a low VOC printing process by a company accredited with ISO 14001 environmental management standard.

The following abbreviations are used in the programme entries: FT = full-time PT = part-time DL = distance learning

This prospectus is available in alternative formats Contact the Marketing Department, King’s College London, tel 020 7848 3997

25%

King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS United Kingdom

Term dates

Degree awarding powers

The provisional term dates are: 26 September to 16 December 2011 9 January to 30 March 2012 23 April to 1 June 2012

Tel 020 7836 5454 International tel +44 (0)20 7836 5454

Registration

In July 2006 the Privy Council granted the College degree-awarding powers in its own right. The College enacted these powers at the start of the 2007-8 academic year for the vast majority of its degree-awarding programmes. As the new degree indicates, King’s remains a constituent College of the University of London. The enactment of this change in awarding authority does not affect the degree programme curricula, the teachers or the methods of teaching, the modes of assessment, or the high quality of the academic and associated support provision.

Registration for new students takes place the week before term starts in September.

Website www.kcl.ac.uk

Central location King’s is the most central university in London. Four of its five campuses are within a single square mile beside the River Thames between Westminster and London Bridge.

FIN

HAMPSTEAD HEATH AD RO

HAMPSTEAD

ISLINGTON

Transport between sites www.kcl.ac.uk/about/campuses/transport

PRIMROSE HILL

british museum REGENT’S PARK

N STO

Take a Virtual Tour Have aVICTORIA look around King’s from your home: www.kcl.ac.uk/tour PARK

tate modern

AD RO

BLOOMSBURY 6 7 8 5 9 4 3

OXFORD

STREET

WEST END

CITY

D CA

PIC

ST. JAMES’S PARK

GREEN PARK

10 GH OU

AD RO

houses of parliAment

13 14

OVAL

M AP

MES

HA R

Halls of Residence 1

CLAPHAM COMMON

Hampstead Campus –

Intercollegiate Halls

Stamford Street Apartments

Wolfson House

Great Dover Street Apartments

The Rectory

Brian Creamer House

King’s College Hall

st thomas’ campus

RO AD

CHELSEA

guy’s campus

waterloo campus

london eye

BATTERSEA PARK

RIVE

BO R

WESTMINSTER

D ROA TH OR LW WA

Buckingham Palace ’S ING

strand campus

HYDE PARK

HOLLAND PARK

HS T

KENSINGTON GARDENS

N STRA Y ILL

HIG

DENMARK HILL RUSKIN PARK

king’s denmark hill campus

PECKHAM RYE COMMON BROCKWELL PARK

Disclaimer The following message contains some very important information. Please read it before you use this prospectus. This prospectus was printed in the autumn of 2010. It contains information on the postgraduate programmes that King’s College London intends to run for students who are planning to start university in the autumn of 2011. The College has made every effort to ensure that the information provided is both helpful and accurate, and that it is kept as up-to-date as possible – however, this information is subject to change. Some circumstances (such as staff changes or resource limitations over which the College has no control) or the level of demand for a particular module may result in the College having to withdraw or change aspects of the programmes detailed in this prospectus. This could include, but not necessarily be limited to, programme/module content, staffing, the location where the programme/module is taught, and the facilities provided to deliver the programme. Prospective candidates should note that, in the event of such circumstance occurring, the College cannot accept liability for any claims for costs or damages made by a student resulting from any change to, or withdrawal of, a programme/module that he/she had intended to study. For this reason it is particularly important that you should check the website for updates (www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus) or contact the College using the contact details contained within this document.

www.kcl.ac.uk King’s is ranked in the top 25 universities worldwide* and based in the heart of London. With nine Schools and six Medical Research Council centres, King’s offers world-class teaching and research. Our extensive range of subjects includes humanities, law, medicine, psychiatry, dentistry, nursing, mathematics; natural, biomedical, social and management sciences. *QS World University Rankings, 2010

Main College address King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS United Kingdom Tel +44 (0)20 7836 5454